Tải bản đầy đủ (.docx) (195 trang)

GIAO AN 8 3 COT

Bạn đang xem bản rút gọn của tài liệu. Xem và tải ngay bản đầy đủ của tài liệu tại đây (1.77 MB, 195 trang )

<span class='text_page_counter'>(1)</span>Week:01 Period: 01. Preparing date: 05/08/2012 Teaching date: 07/08/2012. REVIEW AND INTRODUCE I. Aim Helping students to review all structures in English 7. Developing comprehention and doing exercises. II. Language focus 1. Grammar :present and past simple tenses. 2. Vocabulary : (none ) III.Teaching aid: Text books, chalks, papers… IV.Teaching steps: 1. Taking attendance. 2. Checking up (none ) 3. New lesson :REVIEW AND TEST 1.Warm-up: -Questions and answers about sts’summer holiday. 2.Review: a) The simple present tense: Form: S+V(s/es) - The main use of the simple present tense is to express habitual action. - The simple present tense is often used with adverbs or adverb phrases such as: always, never, occasionally, often, sometimes, usually, everyweek, on mondays, etc... Ex: My brother always gets up late. b)- The simple past tense: Form:. S+V-ed/ 2. - It is used for actions completed in the past at a definite time Ex: I met him yesterday. c)- The simple future tense: Form:. S+will+bare-inf. - It is used to express the speaker’s opinions, speculations, about the future. Ex: He will come back. * Exercise 1: Put the verbs in parentheses into the correct tense. a)- My father (take) me to the zoo tomrrow. b)- Mr Nam always (go) to work by bus. c)- You (find) my book yesterday? d)- You (stay) at home tonight ? GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(2)</span> e)- He(buy) this pen last month. 3- Introducing new English 8: - The new English 8 has 16 Units with six topics. + Personal information + Education + Community + Health + Recreation + The world around us - In a Unit always has 7 parts. 1- Getting started 2- Listen and read 3- Speak 4- Listen 5- Read 6- Write7- Language focus 4. Consolidation : Asking sts to retell all structures and their usage. 5. Homework : Prepare new lesson “Unit 1 :GETTING STARTED and LISTEN AND READ ”.. Week:01 Period: 02. Preparing date: 05/08/2012 Teaching date: 08/08/2012. KHẢO SÁT ĐẦU NĂM I.Circle the best option A,B,C or D :(3ms) 1. I went to the…………. tobuy some medicine for my mother A.drugstore B.toy store C.caferteria D.grocer’s 2. Price in the city is………………than in the countryside A.expensive B.more expensive C.as expensive D.the most expensive 3.How……………..water is there in the bottle? A.many B.alot C.much D.alittle 4.What time is the next bus? A.Twice a day B.An hour ago C.In five minutes D.Two days ago 5.At school you should listen……………….to your teachers. A.care B.careful C.careless D.carefully 6.I………….my mother to the mountains yesterday. A.take B.taking C.takes D.took 7.A doctor take care…………sick people. A.after B.of C.for D.about 8. ………………..your date of birth? A.When B.What C.What’s D.What time 9.Mr Hung is looking ……………an apartment in Ha Noi for his family. A. for B.at C.after D. forward 10.How was your vacation? – Oh , it’s………………….. A.delicious B.friendly C.wonderful D.souvenir 11 -…………..did you close the window? Because Iam cold. A.What B.When C.How D.Why 12.What……………at the moment? A.is your parents doing B.are your parents doing C.does your parents doing D.do your parents doing GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 2.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(3)</span> II.Complete the senteces of the verbs in the brackets : (2ms) 1.In the fututer, machines ( do ) ................... all the work for us. 2.Everyday Mr Tuan ( work ) ......................... in the fields from 6.am to 4.pm. 3.When....... Vietnames people( celebrate).................the New year? 4.Ba is in his room.He ( learn )..................to play the guitar now. III. Match these sentences in column A with these sentences in column B(2ms) A ANSWER B 1. Would you like to play the baseball? ………. A. I have a headache. 2. Did you go to the movies yesterday, Lan? ………. B. I’d like to, but I can’t 3. I don’t like coffee. ………. C. Volleyball 4. What sports do you like? ………. D. Yes, I did 5. What is the matter with you? ………. E. No, I wasn’t. 6. Where were you yesterday? ………. F. I was at home. 7. Why did you go to the dentist? ………. G. Neither does Nam. 8. Were you sick after the trip? ………. H. Because I saw a cavity. IV.Answer the questions about you: (1,5ms ) 1.How do you go to school everyday? ……………………………………………………………………………… 2. What did you do yesterday? …………………………………………………………………………… 3. What do you often do in your freetime? …………………………………………………………………………….. V. Read the paragraph and answer the questions: (1,5ms) The Browns went to the seaside in August for their summer holidays. The train was very full, but they all found seats. They stayed at the Sea View Hotel, and went on the sand when the weather was good. There were many people. Some were bathing, some were fishing, and others were walking up and down, sitting, reading. John liked swimming and so did Jack. But Mary liked looking for shells and digging in the sand. Betty, of course, couldn't go very fast, but she wanted to do everything and go everywhere with her brother and sister. 1. What did they do in August? .................................................................. 2.Did Jack like swimming? .............................................................................. 3. What did Mary like doing? .......................................................................... Week:01 Period :03. Preparing date: 05/08/2012 Teaching date: 09/08/2012. UNIT 1: MY FRIENDS Lesson 1: Getting started and Listen and read I.Aim: Reading the dialogue and describe their favorite activities . II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know more about Hoa – Lan – Nien and to describe these groups of friends and their favorite activities. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :What do/does +S +look like? GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 3.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(4)</span> Tobe (not) +adj +enough +to V(infinitive) 2.Vocabulary :seem, next-door neighbor, photograph, classmate, christmas IV.Teaching aids: Text book, cards, chalk, pictures… V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking atendance . 2.Checking up (none) 3.New lesson :GETTING STARTED and LISTEN AND READ. Teacher’s activities T:asks sts to play game. T:prepare twelve cards with numbers on one side and the verbs on the other and introduce how to play. Students’ activities S:play game.. Content Warm up Pelmanism: - Make sure the verbs are mixed up. Stick S:listen and play game the cards on the board so students can only see the numbers. - Divide students into two teams and ask them to choose two numbers. - Turn the cards over and see if they match . Eg: teach - taught, give them one mark. If not, turn the cards over again and ask the T:asks sts to look at the next team. pictures and answer the - Continue until all the cards are finished. questions S:look at and answer I.Getting started T:asks sts to describe rhe questions. Questions: each pictures. S:describe the pictures 1.How many people are there in each picture ? 2.Where are they ? T:explain the new 3.What are they doing ? words S:repeat and copy 4. Are they all boys /girls ? down 5. Do you like to do it? II. Listen and read New words : - to seem (translation) - a next door neighbor (explanation: a person who lives next to your house) - to look like: (translation) -photograph (picture of a person) -classmate (friends in a classroom. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 4.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(5)</span> T:explain the grammar.. T:take the tape 1 time. T:give students some questions and ask them to work in pairs to answer them. T:ask students to read the dialogue between Hoa, Lan and Nien on page l0 and check if their answers are correct or not.. * Checking vocabulary: Rub out and remember . Grammar : S:copy down 1.What do/does +S+look like? What does she look like ? 2.tobe(not)+adj+enough+to V(infinitive) Đủ /chưa đủ……..để làm gì. She was not old enough to be in my class. questions S:listen to the tape. a. Is Nien Lan's friend or Hoa's friend? S:answer the b. How old is Nien? questions. c. Where does Nien live? S:read the dialouge d. Is she a beautiful girl? and answer the Answer: questions. a. She is Hoa's friend b. She 's twelve years old. c She lives in Hue. d. Yes, she is.. T:ask sts to practice the S:practice the dialouge While-reading dialouge in pairs. in pairs. * Answers: T:call some pairs to S:read the dialouge. a. Nien lives in Hue. read b. No, she doesn't. T:ask students to read c. The sentence is “She wasn't old enough the dialogue again and to be in my class”. answer the questions in S:answer the questions d. Nien is going to visit Hoa at Christmas . exercise 2 on page 11 in pairs. Post reading I I. Gap-filling T:call on some students Hoa (1) in Hue last year, but now she (2) in to ask and answer the Hanoi. Yesterday, Hoa's friend Nien (3) questions. Hoa a letter. Nien (4) Hoa's neighbor when S:to ask and answer the Hoa lived in Hue. She (5) younger than questions. Hoa. She (6) to Hanoi in December. T:correct 4 / Consolidation: T:ask sts to sumerise the dialouge about Hoa and Nien . Hoa lived in Hue last year, …………………………….. 5 / .Homework: -Learn by heart the new words. -Prepare new lesson “SPEAK and LISTEN” VI. Draw experience . .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 5.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(6)</span> Week:02 Period:04. Preparing date: 09/08/2012 Teaching date: 14/08/2012. UNIT 1: MY FRIENDS. I.Aim: Lesson 2: Speak and Listen By the end of the lesson, students will be able to describe someone and complete the dialogue by listening. II.Objectives: Developing : -speaking skill and listening skill III.Language focus: 1.Grammar :present simple tense 2.Vocabulary :straight, curly, bald IV.Teaching aids: Text book, pictures ,chalks, tape V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up :call 2 sts to read the dialogue and write the words . 3.New lesson :SPEAK and LISSEN. Teacher’s activitive T:ask students to think of the a used to describe body build and hair. T:Show students a picture of Mary and ask them to describe her hair, her body build. T:explain new words T:explain the structure.. T:ask sts to describe people in picture by basing on the dialouge T:call some pairs to speak. T:listen and check their pronunciation T:complete the word cue drill T:give students some expressions and make. Students’ activitive Content S:think of the * Brainstorming: adjectives used to describe body build thin body and hair on the board. build. curly hair. S:look the picture of Ex: She has long blond hair. Mary and describe her She is short and thin. hair, her body build. New words: -straight (adj) (by picture) S:repeat and copy -curly (adj) down. -bald (adj) -blond (adj) S:take and copy down. Form: S + have / has + adjectives + hair S + be + adjectives S:describe people in While-speaking picture by basing on the S1: This person is short and thin. She has dialouge . long blond hair. S:speak the dialouge . S2: Is this Mary? Yes Word cue drill a. he / tall / thin e. curly / blond b. She/short / slim c. He/ short / fat f. straight/ brown hair. d. long / black LISTEN Pre-listening. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 6.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(7)</span> sure they know their S:take notes. How do you do ( lời chào dành cho người meanings. S:to guess and to mới) T:get students to guess complete four Nice to met you ( hân hạnh được làm quen) and to complete four dialogues on page 12- It is a pleasure to meet you (hân hạnh được dialogues on page 12- 13, using the given làm quen) 13, using the given expressions. I would like to meet ( tôi muốn gặp….. ) expressions. S:give prediction. T:call some sts to give prediction. S:listen to the tape While listening T:let students listen to twice. feedback. the tape twice. S:work in pairs to * Tape transcript: T:get students to work complete the dialogues a. I’d like you to meet my cousin, Thu. in pairs to complete the and compare with their Nice to meet you, Thu. dialogues and compare prediction b.I’d like you to meet my mother. with their prediction. S:read the completed It's a pleasure to meet you, Mrs. T:call some pairs to dialouge. c. come and meet read. S:listen and copy down. d. How do you do T:take the tape again and give feedback. T:ask students to Post-listening practice speaking the S:practice speaking the dialogues dialogues. T:call on some students to practice the S:play the roles . dialogues. T;check their pronunciation . 4 / Consolidation T:asks sts to describe a classmate S: describe a classmate VI.Homework : -learn by heart the words and how to describe a person. -prepare new lesson “READ” VII.Draw experience : .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. Weak:02 Period:05. Preparing date: 09/08/2012 Teaching date: 14/08/2012. UNIT 1: MY FRIENDS GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 7.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(8)</span> Lesson 3: Read I.Aim:Reading for specific information II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know more about Ba’s friends: chacrater, appearance,hobby… III.Language focus : 1. Grammar:present simple tense and “enough to” 2. Vocabulary:character, sociable, generous, orphanage, reserved, joke,reserved IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, picture, V.Teaching steps: 1. Taking atendance . 2. Checking up .call 2 sts to describe a person in class and write the words . 3.New lesson “READ” Teacher’activities T.ask students to look at four people on page 10 and talk about the activities they want to do after school or in their free time. T.give them some questions. T.explain new words .. Students’activities S.talk about the activities they want to do. T.have students repeat the words in chorus then rub out word by word but leave the circles. T.ask students to go to the board and write the words again in the correct circles.. S.repeat the words in chorus then rub out word by word but leave the circles. S.go to the board and write the words again in the correct circles.. S.answer the questions.. S.repeat and copy down.. T.stick the poster of T / F statements on the S.read them. board. T.set the scene: These S.read and work in pairs . statements are about Ba and his friends, read them and gues which statements are true, which are false . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Contents Questions  What are these students doing? (play soccer / play chess / read books / play volley ball)  What time of the day do you think it is? (in the morning / evening, after school)  Do you like soccer / reading books ...?  Whom do you like playing with? Vocabulary: - a character: (translation) - an orphanage: ( a place where children without parents live) - reserved (adj) - sociable: (adj) (Translation) - (to) tell jokes:( tell a story which makes people laugh) - sense of humor (translation While reading T /F statements prediction a. Ba only has three friends - Bao, Song, Khai b. Ba and his friends have the same characters c. Bao - Song - Khai are quite reserved in public. d. They all enoy school and study hard. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 8.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(9)</span> T.ask sts to give feedback . T.get students to do exercise 1 on page 14. S.do exercise 1 on page 14. T.ask them to work in pairs to choose the best answers. T.ask sts to give answers T.ask students to work in pairs to do exercise 2 on page 14. T.let students read the text again and answer the questions. T.call some pair to ask and answer the questions. T.correct them - Ask students to work in groups and talk to one another about their friends, using the adjectives they have just learnt to describe.. S.give feedback S.work in pairs to choose Multiple choice the best answers. Answers: a. Ba talks about three of his friends b. Bao's volunteer work does not S.give answers . affect his school work. c. Khai and Song are rather shy. d. Ba's friends sometimes get tired of his jokes. S.work in pairs to do Comprehension questions exercise 2 on page 14. a .He feels lucky having a lot of S.read the text again and friends. answer the questions. b. Bao is the most sociable. S.ask and answer the c. Khai likes reading. questions. d. His jokes sometimes annoy his S.take notes and copy friends. down. e. Bao spends his free time doing volunteer work at a local orphanage. f. (students' answer) Post reading Example: S.talk to one another I am happy enough to have a lot of about their friends, using friends. Of all my friends, the adjectives they have …………………….…………… just learnt to describe. S.read the paragraph. VI.Homework: -Learn by heart the. 4 / Consolidation T.ask sts to read the paragraph which they have just words and write the paragraph to describe your closed friends.. -Prepare“WRITE” VII.Drawing experience: .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... Week:02 Period:06. Preparing date: 10/08/2012 Teaching date: 17/08/2012. UNIT 1: MY FRIENDS Lesson 4: Write I.Aim: Writing about oneself and about other people. II.Objective: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 9.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(10)</span> By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a paragraph about their close friends. Developing writing skill and describing each person in the picture. III.Language focus: 1.Grammar :present simple tense. 2.Vocabulary: appearance, humorous, elder brother . IV.Teaching aids: Text book, pictures ,chalks,… V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up . call sts to write the words on the board :character, sociable, orphanage, resered, joke. 3.New lesson “WRITE” Teacher’activities T.ask students to read the information about Tam then answer some questions T.ask sts to ask and answer the question in pairs . T.call some pairs to practice. T.correct them .. students’activities. T.explain new words . T.let students write a paragraph about Tam, using the information they have just got. T. have to work individually. T.ask students to compare with the paragraph in their books. T.get students to share with their partners and conrrect if possible. T.call some sts to read the writing and correct them .. S.reprat and copy down. S.write a paragraph about Tam . S.work individually. books on page 15. T.ask students to write some information about one of their friends, then wrrite a paragraph about him or her. S.write some information about one of their friends, then wrrite a paragraph about him or her.. S.read the information about Tam then answer some questions. S.ask and answer the question in pairs . S.practice in pairs . S.take notes .. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Content Questions: a. What is his name? (Le Van Tam) b. How old is he? (14) c. What does he look he? (He is tall and thin. He has short black hair.) d. What is he like? (He is sociable, humorous and helpful.) 1 e. Where does he live? (He lives at 26 Tran Phu Street, Hanoi) f. Whom does he live with? (He lives with his mother, father and an elder brother.) g. Who is his friend? (Ba and Bao) New words -appearance (body,hair, eyes,…) -humorous (chatting) -elder brother (the first brother ) While writing Name ………………………Age….. Appearance …… Characters……… Address………… Family……………… Friends……………………… His / her name is ............ and homework / she is........... years old. He / she.......lives at.......in with his grandmother, his parents and his younger sister, Mai. He / she is tall and slender. He / she has short black hair. He / she rather shy but friendly and GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(11)</span> helpful. He / she has a lot of friend but his / her close friends are ............... and ………………………… 4 / Consolidation T.ask sts to retell the impotant information to describe a person. S.retell them . VI.Homework: -learn by heart the words and write the similar information about yourselve . -prepare the new lesson “LANGUAGE FOCUS “ VII.Draw experience :. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week:03. Preparing date: 19/08/2012 Teaching date: 21/08/2012. Period:07. UNIT 1: MY FRIENDS Lesson 5: Language Focus. I.Aim: Further Practice in simple present tense and the structure. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use simple present tense to talk about general truths and write some sentences using the structure”adj+ enough to”. III.Language focus: 1.Grammar :present simple tense, be(not) + adjectives enough + to-infinitive” 2.Vocabulary :(none) IV.Teaching aids: Text book, cards, pictures V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up :call 2sts to read the writing about yourselve . 3.New lesson “LANGUAGE FOCUS Teacher’s activities student’activities Content T.ask sts some Warm up questions. S.answer the questions. 1.Do you have any closed friends? 2.How many closed friends do you have? 3.Who are they ? 4.Where do they live? 5.How old are they ? 6.Which school do they study ? S.give the formation and T.give 2 examples on Exercise 1 Simple Present Tense GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(12)</span> the board and sts to give the formation and usage. T.intrduce “we have 2 passages and some verbs that are not in the right form. You read the passages and put the verbs in the present simple and past simple tense. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners. T.call some sts to read them . T.correct them. T.focus on one of the usage of Simple present tense. It is used to express an action which is always true. T.ask students to complete the dialogue between Ba and Tuan, his young cousin in pairs . T.call some pairs to read the completed dialogue. T.correct them.. usage. S.read the passages and put the verbs in the present simple and past simple tense. S.check the answers with partners. S.read them.. S.listen to the teacher . S.complete the dialogue between Ba and Tuan, his young cousin. S.read the completed dialogue. S.take notes and copy this.. T asks some questions S.answers correctly the fastest wins the game. S.complete the exchange T.ask sts to complete GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Examples : 1.I am a teacher of English . 2.She works in the hospital . 3.They watch TV every day. Form: *tobe (is, am, are ) Ex:you are students. *ordinary verbs : V(s,es) Ex:Bao goes to school every day by bike. We often do morning exercises after getting up. Usage: we use the present simple to talk about things in general, truths. Adverbs: usually, always, often, never, sometime, every… Exercise2 Ba: What do you know about the sun, Tuan? Tuan: The sun rises in the East and sets in the West. Ba: Can you tell me anything about the other planets? Tuan: I know something about the Earth. It goes around the sun. Ba: Yes, and the moon moves around the Earth. Tuan: Where is Mars, Ba? Ba: It is near the sun. Tuan: No it's silly! That is Mercury. Mars is near the Earth. Exercise 3 a. How many people are there in the picture? (Four) b. What is each person wearing? Answers : - The woman is wearing a red shirt and a green skirt. - The man who is standing beside the car is wearing brown trousers and a yellow shirt. -The man who is standing beside the car is wearing brown trousers and a yellow shirt. -The man who is standing on the pavement is wearing a pink shirt and blue trousers. - The boy is wearing blue shorts and a GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(13)</span> the dialouges in pairs . T.call some pairs to read the completed dialouge T.listen and correct them. S.to complete the dialouges in pairs . S.read the dialouge. S.take notes and copy down.. white shirt. Exercise 4 T: Can you hang this picture over there? S: No, I am not tall enough to hang the picture over there. Form: "(not) + adjectives enough + to - infinitive". 4 / Consolidation T.asks sts to read 2 sentences using “enough “ S.give 2 sentences using “enough “ VI.Homework: -learn by heart the words and write the similar information about yourselve . -prepare the new lesson “unit 2: Getting started and listen and read “ VII.Drawing experience :. .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... Week;03 Period 8. Preparing date: 19/08/2012 Teaching date: 22/08/2012. UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS Lesson 1: Getting started and Listen and read I. Aim: Reading for details about a conversation on the phone. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to understand the diolouge between Hoa and Nga. III.Language focus: 1.Grammar: be going to , would you like …? 2.Vocabulary: wait, hold on, arrange, agree. IV.Teaching aids: Text book, pictures , chalks, stereo . V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up (none) 3.New lesson .GETTING STARTED and LISTEN AND READ Teacher’s activities. student’activities. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Content GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(14)</span> T.point the pictures and ask sts a question. T.ask students to match each object with its name.. T.tick the pictures on the board and introduce. T.ask sts to answer the questions. T.we know more who we will listen to the dialogue. T.explain the new words and structures.. S.answer the question . S.match each object with its name in groups .. Question: -What is it ?(6 pictures) Answers: a. an answering machine. b. a mobile phone. c. a fax machine d. a telephone directory e. a public telephone. f. an address book. S.listen to the teacher. Pre-Reading a. Who are they? b.What are they doing? S.answer the questions. "Hoa and Nga are talking on the phone. They are talking about going to see a S.listen to the dialogue . movie." New words: -wait (v) ( stranlation) S.repeat and copy -hold on (v) (stranlation) down. -arrange (v) (stranlation) -agree (v) (stranlation) Structures: Future of the plan: I am going to see the movie Dream City at 6.45 this evening. Invitation: Would you like to come ? S.listen to the tape While reading again. Answers: S.practice the dialogue a. . Nga made the call. in pairs. b. Nga introduced herself '. S.read the dialogue. c. Nga invited Hoa to the movies. S.take notes. d. Nga arranged a meeting place. S.read the conversation e. Hoa arranged the time. between Nga and Hoa f. Nga agreed to the time. on page 19 and give them feedback. S.give feedback. T.ask sts to listen to the tape again. T.ask sts to practice the dialogue in pairs. T.call some pairs to read the dialogue. T.listen and check their pronunciation. T.ask students to read the conversation between Nga and Hoa on page 19 and give them feedback. T.call some sts to answer give feedback. 4 / Consolidation T.ask sts to practice in pairs to make a conversation on the phone: S1:………………. S2:Can I speak to………………?............................ S1:…………………………………………………. .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(15)</span> .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... Week: 03 Period: 09. Preparing date: 19/08/2012 Teaching date: 24/08/2012 UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS Lesson 2: Speak and Listen. I.Aim: Practicing talking on the phone and listening the missing information. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to make arrangements on the phone . III.Language focus: 1.Grammar : be going to , invitation 2.Vocabulary (none) IV.Teaching aids: Text book, cards , picture, chalks. V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up. Call 2 ststo write 6 objects basing on the pictures. 3.New lesson. SPEAK and LISTEN. Teacher’s activities T.ask students some questions. T.ask students to do exercise 1 on page 20. T.call some pairs to practice. T.call some pairs to read the completed dialouge.. student’activities S.answer the questions S.do exercise 1 on page 20. S.practice the completed dialouge. S.read the completed dialouge.. T.tick the picture on the board and ask sts some questions. T.ask sts to practice in pairs and complete the dialogue. T.call some pairs to the completed dialogue. T.listen and correct them T.Ask students to write five things that they intend to do next week.. S.answer the questions. S.practice in pairs and complete the dialogue. S.read the completed dialogue.. Content SPEAKING Questions: 1.Do you have a telephone at home? 2.How often do you make a phone call? 3.What would you say when you pick up the phone to answer it? 4.What would you say if you are the caller? Answers: 1-b.2-f.3-j4-a: 5-i: 6-c: 7-e: 8-k: 9-g: 10 -h 11-d 2. Questions: 1.Who are they ? 2.What are they doing? Completed dialouge: Bao: May I speak to Ba,please. This is Bao. Bao: I'm fine. Thanks, and you? Bao: Can you play chess tonight? Bao: What about tomorrow afternoon? Bao: I'll meet you at theCentral Chess Club. Bao: Is 2.00 o'clock OK?. S.write five things that they intend to do next week.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(16)</span> T.ask sts some questions.. S.answer the questions.. LISTENING Pre-listening Questions: 1.What will you say if you are the caller? 2.What will you say if you are the receiver? 3.What will you say if the person you want to speak to is out?. T.ask sts to look at the S.give the meaning of table and give the the words. meaning of the words. T.take the tape 2 times. S.listen to the tape and fill in the missing T.ask sts to check the While-listening information. answers with partners. Feedback: S.check the answers T.call some sts to read DATE: ( sts fill it yourself) with partners. the answers. TIME: ( sts fill it yourself) S.read the answers. T.take the tape again FOR: The Principal S.listen and correct and correct them. MESSAGE: Mrs Mary Nguyen wanted to them. T.ask sts to practice in see you at 9. 45 in the morning. pairs and make a similar TELEPHONE NUMBER:64683720942 S.make a similar dialouge. Post-listening T.call 2 pairs to read the dialouge. S.read the dialouge. dialogue 4 / Consolidation T.ask sts to retell the structures used on telephone. S.retell the structures used on telephone. VI.Homework: -Rewrite the feedback in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson “READ” VII.Draw experience: .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. Week: 04 Period: 10. Preparing date: 25/08/2012 Teaching date: 28/08/2012. UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENT Lesson 3:. Read. I.Aim: Reading the paragraph for details about Alexander Graham Bell. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know more about Alexander Graham Bell. III.Language focus: 1.Grammar: past simple tense. 2.Vocabulary: emigrate, deaf- mute, experiment, transmit, invent, conduct, assistant IV.Teaching aids: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(17)</span> Text book, pictures of Bell, chalks… V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up. Call 2 sts to make the dialouge about talking on phone. 3.New lesson. READ. Teacher’s activities T.let’s play game.. T.tick the picture on the boardand ask sts some questions. T.explain the new words.. Student’s activities S.play game. Content Warm up. What is the telephone use for? - to have a message, to call someone - to make arrangements - to talk to a person who lives far from. - to get information at the airport or railway station quickly. Questions: 1.Who is in the picture ? S.answer the questions. 2.What do you know about him ? 3.What did he invent ? S.repeat and copy this. Vocabulary - emigrate (go to another country to live). - transmit: (translation) - conduct: (synonym: What' s the synonym of carry out). - demonstrate: (translation). - a device: (translation) - a deaf- mute: (a person who cannot hear and speak) Grammar: The past simple tense. Ex:Thislettothe invention of the telephone. -He worked with deaf-mutes at Boston University. While reading S.work in pairs and guess T/F statements prediction which statements are true Correction and which are false. a F He was born in Edinburgh S.give the feedback. in Scotland S.read the text and check b F He worked with deaf-mutes at their prediction. Boston University. S.give the feedback and c T correct false statements. d F He introduced telephone in 1876. S.take notes. e F He experimented with ways o trnsmitting speech over a lon distance.. Task students to work in pairs and guess which statements are true and which are false. T.ask sts to give the feedback. T.ask sts to read the text and check their prediction. T.call some sts to give the feedback T.correct them. T.get students to read S.look at the book page GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Ordering GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(18)</span> the events of Bell's life and put them in the correct order. T.ask them to compare with their partners. T.call some sts to read the correct order.. 22. S.read the events of Bell's life and put them in the correct order. S.compare with their partners. S.read the correct order. S.take notes and copy down.. Alexander Graham Bell 1. was born in Scotland 2. went to live in Canada. 3. Went to live in the United States. 4. worked with people who could neither speak nor hear. 5. worked with Thomas Watson. 6. Successfully demonstrated his invention. 7. invented the telephone.. 4 /Consolidation T.a sk sts to retell the important events about Bell. S.retell the important events about Bell. T.call 2 sts to retell the important events about Bell. S.retell the important events about Bell without looking books. T.listen and correct them. Example: Alexander Graham Bell was born in Scotland. …………………………….. VI.Homework: -Learn by heart the words and summerize events about Bell. -Prepare new lesson “WRITE” VII.Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. Week: 04 Period: 11. Preparing date: 25/08/2012 Teaching date: 29/08/2012. UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS Lesson 4 :Write I.Aim: Writing a message. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a telephone message. III.Language focus: 1.Grammar: past simple tense. 2.Vocabylary:customer, delivery, stationery, pick someone up. IV.Teaching aids: Text book, chalks, cardboards … V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(19)</span> 2.Checking up .call 2 sts to retell the events about Bell. 3.New lesson .WRITE Teacher’s activities T.let’s play game.. Student’activities S.play game Jumbled words.. T.- Ask students to read passage 2 on page 23 to get information and write the T.Let students write individually then share with a partner. message. T.call 2 sts to write the. S.read passage 2 on page 23 to get information and write the message. S.write individually then share with a partner. S.write the answers on the board. S.take notes and copy. Content Jumbled words: 1. mcuestor = customer 2. ayddmi = midday T.talk to sts about taking 3. essgmea = message a telephone message . 4. nifurretu = furniture 5. rvseice = service S.taking a telephone Chatting message . *Have you ever taken a telephone message? (Yes/No) *When you take a message, what T.explain the new should be mentioned in the message? words. S.repeat and copy down. Vocabulary - a customer: ( a person who comes to buy something at a shop..) - a delivery: (translation) - stationery (example: papers, pens, rulers, envelopes) - (to) pick someone up: (translation) Grammar:The past simple tense. T.ask students to read S.read the message and Ex:A customer telephoned the Thanh the message and fill in fill in the gaps in the Cong Delivery Service on June 16 the gaps in the passage passage on page 23. just after midday. on page 23. S.check the answers T.ask sts to check the with partners. answers with partners. S.read the completed While writing T.call some sts to read passage. the completed passage. S.take notes and copy Reading and gap filling T.listen and correct down. Answers: them 1.phoned 4. took 2.May 12 5.name 3.speak 6.delivery. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Answers: Thanh Cong Delivery Service Date: June 16 Time: After midday For: Mrs. Van Message: Mr. Nam called about his stationery order. He wanted you to call him at 8634082. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(20)</span> answers. T.correct them. T.introduce the dialouge T.ask students to read the dialogue then write the message. T.call some sts to read the message. T.listen and correct them.. down.. Taken by: Mr. Toan. S.listen to the teacher.. Post-writing "Tom phoned Nancy, but she was out. Lisa, Nancy's sister took a message for Nancy. Help Lisa to write a message" Date: (....................) Time: (....................) For: Nancy Message: Tom called about playing tennis this afternoon. He will come over to pick you up at 1.30. Taken by: Lisa. S.read the dialogue then write the message S.read the message. S.take notes and copy this.. 4 / Consolidation T.ask sts to retell important parts in the message. S. retell important parts in the message VI.Homework: -Learn by heart the words and how to write a message. -Prepare new lesson “LANGUAGE FOCUS” VII.Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 04 Preparing date: 25/08/2012 Teaching date: 31/08/2012 Period: 12. UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS Lesson 4: Language Focus I.Aim: Further Practice the structure to talk about intention and adverbs of place. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use the structure to talk about intention and practice the dialouge using adverbs of place . III.Language focus: 1.Grammar : the structure “be going to” and adverbs of place . 2.Vocabulary :(none) IV.Teaching aids: Text book, cards, pictures , chalks. V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : call 2 sts to write the words on the board and answer the questions. How many parts are there in the message ? What are they ? 3.New lesson “LANGUAGE FOCUS GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 2.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(21)</span> 4 / Consolidation T.ask sts to tell 2 intentions and 2sentences using the adverbs of place. S.tell 2 intentions and 2sentences using the adverbs of place. Eg: I am going to visit Rach Gia tonight. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 2.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(22)</span> - Eg: My room is upstairs VI.Homeworks: Write 4 sentences using “be going to” and adverbs of place. VII.Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ..................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 05 Period: 13. Preparing date: 03/09/2012 Teaching date: 05/09/2012. UNIT 3: AT HOME Lesson 1:Getting Started and Listen and Read I.Aim: Describing the chores and list the things that they do . II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to do the chores. III.Language focus: 1.Grammar: have to /has to /must 2.Vocabulary: chore, cupboar, steamer, sink, saucepan, frying pan IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, stereo, 6 pictures V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : call 2 sts to write 4 sentences that they do at home. 3.New lesson :Unit 3:Getting Started and Listen and Read Teacher’s activities T.Show 6 pictures & asks students try to remember the verbs in the pictures as many as possible. T.call 3 sts of 3 groups to write them on the board. T.introduce the dialouge take the tape 1 time. T.explain the words and structure.. Students’ activities S.try to remember the verbs in the pictures as many as possible. S.write them on the board.. S.listen to the tape. S.repeat and copy down.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Content Getting Started: Answer: a. Wash dishes/ do the washing up b. Make the bed c. Sweep the floor d. Cook e. Tidy up f. Feed the chicken LISTEN and READ The dialogue between Nam and his mother, Mrs. Vui. New words: - a steammer (picture) - a cup board (picture) GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 2.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(23)</span> T.ask sts to listen to the tape 2 times. T.ask sts to practice the dialouge in pairs. T.call some pairs to read the dialouge. T.listen and check their pronunciation. T.ask sts to read the dialouge again and complete the list of the things Man has to do. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners. T.call some sts to read the answers T.correct them. - a sauce pan (picture) - a sink (picture) -frying pan (picture) Structure: Have to /has to /must Meaning : phải Ex:I have to go and visit Grandma after work. While-reading. S.listen to the tape 2 time. S.practice the dialouge in pairs. S.read the dialouge. Answers: S.take notes. Nam has to go to the market and buy fish and vegetables. Nam has to call his aunt Chi and ask her to meet his mother at Grandma’s S.read the dialouge again house. and complete the list of the things Man has to do. S.check the answers with partners. S.read the answers . S.take notes and copy down.. 4 / Consolidation T.ask sts a question. S.answer the question. Question:What do you have to do at home? VI.Homework: -Learn by heart the words and write 4 chores that you do at home. -Prepare new lesson “SPEAK” VII.Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................................................................................ Week: 05 Preparing date: 03/09/2012 Teaching date: 06/09/2012 Period: 14. UNIT 3: AT HOME Lesson 2: Speak I.Aim: Practicing speaking II.Objective: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 2.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(24)</span> By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use the prepositions of place to talk about the positions of furniture in the house. III.Language focus: 1.Grammar: present simple tense and prepositions. 2.Vocabulary: refrigerator, dish rack, rug, cushion, couch, magagine. IV.Teaching aids: Text books, pictures, chalks, card board. V. Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up. Call 2 sts to read the dialogue and write the words. 3.New lesson:SPEAK Teacher’ s activities Students’activities content T.divide the class into 2 Warm up on teams to play game. S.play game. preposition s. -next to -above T.show the picture of a kitchen to Sts and ask them to study the things in the picture . T.point the picture and ask sts some questions.. S.study the things in the picture.. T.get students to work in pairs, talking about the position of each item. T.call some sts to talk about the position pf each item. T.listen and correct them. T.tick the picture on the board and introduce the situation. T.explain the words. T.ask Ss to look at the picture and talk about their ideas.. S.work in pairs, talking about the positionof each item. S.talk about the position pf each item. S.take notes.. S.answer the questions.. S.listen to the teacher. S.repeat and copy down. S.look at the picture. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. on opposite. between beside. Questions: Where is the clock? It's above the fridge. The fruit? in the bowl the flowers? on the table rice cooker? next to the bowl of fruit cupboard? on the wall, above the counter. knives? They are on the wall, under the cupboard dish rack? on the counter, next to the bowl of fruit. Exercice1 Example: The calendar is on the wall, above the stove. The knives are on the wall, under the cupboard. The clock is on the wall, above the refrigerator. ………………………… Exercise2 New words. -rug (picture) -cushion (picture) -magazine (picture) Example: GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 2.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(25)</span> T. call some pairs to read and talk about their the ideas. ideas. T.ask students to S.read the ideas. practice speaking.. - Let's put the clock on the wall, between the shelf and the picture. - OK . I think we ought to put the TV and the stereo on the shelf. If they agree, may use: OK/You are right If they disagree, they may use: No, I think we'd better/ought to put.... 4 / Consolidation T.ask sts to describe your living room / bedroom /classroom. VI.Homework: -Learn by heart the words and practice describing the items in your home. -Prepare new lesson “LISTEN” VII.Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ Week: 05 Preparing date: 03/09/2012 Teaching date: 07/09/2012 Period: 15. UNIT 3: AT HOME Lesson 3: Listen I.Aim: • Listening and further practice in modal verb - ought to. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to identify the right item by listening and further practice in modal verb: ought to. III.Language focus: 1.Grammar: present simple tense. 2.Vocabulary: saucepan, frying pan, garlic, onion, green pepper, pea, ham IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, picture, stereo. V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance: 2.Checking up: call 2 sts to describe the items in your kitchen and write the words. 3.New lesson: LISTEN Teacher’s activities T.ask students to write down on their notebooks 9 things you can eat. T.prepare a list of food. Then call out. Students’activities Content S.write down on their * Bingo: notebooks 9 things you - Suggested list of food: chickens, beef, can eat. cake, candy, garlic, noodles, bread, S.students listen to the rice, ham, peas, fish, egg… teacher carefully. If anyone has the same. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 2.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(26)</span> each word in a loud things, they cross them voice. out. The first person crossing out all 5 things shouts "Bingo" and wins the game. T.get students to look S.guess 4 things they use at page 30 and guess to cook the "Special 4 things they use to Chinese Fried Rice" cook the "Special Chinese Fried Rice T.explain new words. S.repeat and copy down. T.ask sts to listen to S.listen to the tape 2 time the tape 2 time and and check check their prediction S.check the answers with T.ask sts to check the partners. answers with S.give the answers. partners. S.listen and copy down. T.call some sts to T.ask sts to sumerise the give the answers. dialogue. T.take the tape again S.sumerise the dialogue. and check the answers.. New words: -garlic (picture) -onion (picture) -green pepper (picture) -ham (picture) While listening Answers : a) Fried Rice b) Pan c) Garlic and green peppers d) Ham and peas Post-listening. 4 / Consolidation T.ask sts to retell things that they like eating. S.retell things that they like eating VI.Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your noyebooks. -Prepare the new lesson “READ” VII.Draw experience : ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 06 Period: 16. Preparing date: 08/09/2012 Teaching date: 11/09/2012. UNIT 3: AT HOME Lesson 4: Read I.Aim: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 2.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(27)</span> Reading for details about safety precautions in the house and further practice in why questions and answers - Because. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to understand the safety precautions in the house and use Why - because. III.Language focus: 1.Grammar: Wh-questions. 2.Vocabulary: safety, precaution, match, destroy, injure, socket, scissors, bead. IV.Teaching aids: Text book, picture, real things, chalks…… V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up .call sts to write the words “garlic, onion, green pepper, ham” And write 2 advice. 3.New lesson. “READ”. Teacher’s activities T.let’s play game.. students’activities S.play game in 2 groups.. Content * Brain storming: drug Danger in the home for chilren. fire T.explain new words.. T.checking the words put the new words all over the blackboard: T.ask students to read the statements and guess which is true, which is false in 2 groups. T. call 2 groups to give answers. T.ask sts to read the text again and check tru or false and. gas. Vocabulary: - a precaution (translation) - a socket : (real thing) - a match : (real thing) - an object (translation) - safety (adj) (translation) S.slap the board in 2 - (to) destroy ( translation) groups. - (to) injure : (picture) -a bead (translation) S.read the statements Checking: Slap the board and guess which is true, which is false in True/False statements 2 groups . S.give answers. S.repeat and copy down.. S.read the text again and check tru or false and correct the false. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. While reading Answers: a) F. (It is safe to keep medicine in locked GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 2.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(28)</span> correct the false sentences. T.call some sts to give answers. T.correct them. T.ask sts to read the text again and ask and answer the questions in pairs. T.call some pairs to ask and answer the questions. T.listen and correct them.. sentences. S.give the answers and correct the false sentences. S.take notes and copy this. S.read the text again and ask and answer the questions in pairs. questions. S.ask and answer the S.take notes and copy this.. T.ask sts to answer the question. T.call some pairs to ask and answer the question. T.ask Ss to work in groups, discussing about the topic.. S.ask and answer the question in pairs. S.ask and answer the question. S.discussing about the topic in groups.. cupboards) b) T c) F(A kitchen is a dangerous place to play ) d) F(can cause the fire) e) T. f) T. Answer keys: a)Because children often try to eat and drink them. b)Because the kitchen is a dangerous place. c)Because playing with matches can cause a fire. d)Because children mustn’t put anything into electricalsockets. Electricity can kill. e)Because the dangerous objects can injure or kill children. Question: -What can be dangerous to small children in the house. Answers: -drugs, gas,…… Consolidation Discussion: a. Safety precautions in the street. b. Safety precautions at school.. VI.Homework: -Learn by heart the words . -Prepare new lesson “WRITE” VII. Drawing experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ Week: 06 Period: 17. Preparing date: 08/09/2012 Teaching date: 12/09/2012. UNIT 3: AT HOME Lesson 5: Write I.Aim: Writing a description of a room. II.Objectives: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 2.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(29)</span> By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a description of a room in their house. III.Languge focus: 1.Grammar: present simple tense and prepoditions. 2.Vocabulary: wardrobe, folder, oven, counter, beneath, lighting fixture, jar. IV.Teaching aid: Text books, pictures, chalks, card boards. V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance: 2.Checking up: call 2 sts to write the words on the board :socket, dangerous, safety, cause, destroy…) 3.New lesson “WRITE”. Teacher’s activities T.ask sts to play game.. T.tick the picture on the board and ask sts something about the room on page 32. T.explain the words. T.check the new words by poiting the picture and ask sts the question.. T.ask sts to read the discription of Hoa’s room, then ask some question. T.ask students to describe Hoa's kitchen, using the given cues. T.call some groups to hang the card board. students’activities S.play game.. S.tell something about the room on page 32. S.repeat and copy this S.answer the question.. S.read the discription of Hoa’s room and answer the questions. S.describe Hoa's kitchen, using the given cues in group of 5. S.hang the card board. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Content Matching:. 1.near a)đối diện 2.between b)gần 3.opposite c)ở trên(có tiếp xúc) 4.on d)ở giữa 5.above e)ở bên trái 6.next to f)ở trên(k tiếp xúc) 7.on the right g)bên cạnh 8.on the left h)ở bên phải Questions: which room is this? What's this? Where is it? New words: - folder (picture) - beneath (translation) -wardrobe (picture) - oven (picture ) - lighting fixture (picture) -counter (picture) -jar (picture) Checking the words "What 's this in English?" Questions: a. What is there on the left of the room? b. Where is the bookshelf? c. What is there on the right side of the room? d. Where is the wardrobe? Example description. This is Hoa's kitchen. There is a refrigerator in the right corner of the room. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 2.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(30)</span> and correct them. T.give example description.. and take notes. S.take notes and copy down.. Next to the refrigerator are the stove and the oven. On the other side of the oven, there is a sink and next to the sink is a towel rack. The dish rack stands on the counter, on the right of the window and beneath the selves. On the selves and on the counter beneath the window, there are jars of sugar, flour and tea. In the middle of the kitchen, there are a table and four chairs The lighting fixture is above the table, and directly beneath the lighting fixture is a vase with flowers. Post writing Examples: -on, above, …. T.ask sts to retell prepositions used in S.retell prepositions the lesson. used in the lesson. VI.Homework: -Learn by heart the words and write a description of a kitchen in your house. -Prepare new lesson “LANGUAGE FOCUS” VII.Drawing experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 06 Period: 18. Preparing date: 08/09/2012 Teaching date: 13,14/09/2012. UNIT 3: AT HOME Lesson 6 : Language focus I.Aim: Further practice in Reflexive Pronouns , modal verbs . II.Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use the Reflexh Pronouns, modal verbs and Why-Because. III.Language focus: 1.Grammar : modals, reflexive pronouns, why-because. 2.Vocabulary; (none) IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, pictures V.Teaching steps: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 3.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(31)</span> 1.Taking attendance: 2.Checking up: (none) 3.New lesson:LANGUAGE FOCUS Teacher s’activities T.let’s play game.. Students’activities S.play game .. Content Networks: cook Things you can do. T.ask sts a question. T.tick the pictures on the board and ask sts the question. T.introduce the structure. T.ask sts to do exercise 1 in pairs. T.call some pairs to read the dialouge. T.listen and correct them. T.give example . T. ask sts to look the pictures and give advice to these people. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners. T.ask some sts to write them on the board. T.correct them. T.set the scene. T.explain the form. T.ask sts to practice in pairs doing exercise 3. T.call some pairs to read the dialouge. T.listen and correct them.. S.answer the question. S.answer the question basing on the pictures. S.take notes and copy this. S.do exercise 1 in pairs. S.read the dialouge. S.take notes and copy this.. S.take notes. S.look the pictures and give advice to these people. S.check the answers with partners. S.write them on the board. S.takes and copy this.. S.take notes. S.copy this. S.practice in pairs doing exercise 3. S.read the dialouge. S.take notes and copy this.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. do homework Exercise 1: Question: What do you have to do every day? What is Lan doing? Structure:Modal verbs Have to /has to / must +V(infinitive) Meaning: phải làm cái gì Answers: 1. have to tidy 4.have to clean 2. have to dust 5.have to empty 3. have to sweep 6.have to feed Exercise 2: Example: I often go to school late. The teacher says” you ought to get up early”. Ought to = Should +V(infinitive) Expressing advice. Answers: a)You ought to study harder. b)You ought to get up early. c)You ought toeat more friut and vegetables. d)You ought to go to the dentist’s . Exercise 3: “You do your homework and no one helps you. What do you say?” I do my homework myself - Form:I myself You yourself/yourselves He himself She herself We ourselves They themselves It itself Answers: b) 1. ourselves GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 3.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(32)</span> c) 2. myself 3. yourself d) 4. himself 5. herself 6. themselves e) 7. yourself T.ask sts to look at the pictures and example. T.ask sts to practice asking and answering in pairs. T.call some pairs to ask and answer . T.listen and correct them.. S.look at the pictures and example. S.to practice asking and answering in pairs. S.ask and answer. S.listen and copy down.. Exercise 4: b)Why did Nam have to cook dinner? Because his mother was home late. c)Why was Mrs Thoa, Nam’s mother? Because she had to come to see his grandmother, she was sick. d)Why did Ha fail her English exam? Because she didn’t learn for her exam. She played the computer. e)Why didn’t Nga go to the movie? Because she had to do her chores. She had to clean the kitchen and sweep the living room.. 4/ Consolidation T.ask sts to retell the structures used in the lesson S.retell the structures used in the lesson. VI.Homework: -Rewrite the answers in your notebooks. -Review the structures from unit 1 to unit 3. VII.Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. Week: 7 Period: 19. Preparing date: 16/09/2012 Teaching date: 18/09/2012 KIỂM TRA LẦN 1 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013. I . Objectieves: To check students’ knowlegde from Unit 1 to Unit 3 of Enghlish 8. *Grammar: Simple present, simple past, simple future, be ( not) + adj + to inf,be going to, adv of place,reflexive pronouns, why- Because. *Vocabulary : In topics (ajds of character and body build, names of telecommunication, household) *Writing : Complete the sentences to write the description of the room *Reading : Read the text and answer THE QUESTIONS GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 3.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(33)</span> Type of Examination: Progress Test MATRIX Name of Examination: The first test For Grade 8. Part 1 , 2 VOCABULARY Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q8 Total of Q.:5 Total of Marks: 1,25 Part 2 GRAMMAR Q5 Q6 Q7 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12 Total of Q.: 7 Total of Marks: 1,75 Part 3: READING Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Total of Q.:4 Total of Marks: 1 Part 4: WRITING Q17 Q18 Q19 Q20. Text types/ Materials/ Situations. Hi. Ap. Low Ap.. Q. levels Kno. Part/ Section/ Q. no.. Co. II. III. IV.. Language subskills. X X X X X 5 1, 25. MEANING. - MEANING. - adj. X X X X X X X 7 1, 75. Reflexive pron Simple present Model verb Wh- question preposition Adv of place Simple past. herself express the fact ought to Why- because to outside verb. Reason Personal infor Simple past Position of thing. Why- because Who Things you do yesterday Where. X X X X. Diffirent meaning Diffirent group. Q. Types. Pick - out. Multiple choice. MATCHING. 4 1 X X X X. Write the desription of the room.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Simple present. Rearrange the words. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 3.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(34)</span> Total of Q.:4 Total of Marks: 2 Part5 READING Q21 Q22 Q23 Q24 Total of Q:4 Total of Marks: 2 Part6 VOCABULARY Q25 X Q26 X Q27 X Q28 X Total of Q:4 4 Total of Marks: 2 2 Total of Q: 12 08 Total of Marks: 3 3. 4 2 X X X X 4 2. Appearance WH- Questions Hobby Sport Character. Model verb Reflexive pron. Reason Model verb. Should myself why ought to. Answer te questions. Chosing the word. 8 4. I. Odd one out (1m) 1. A. sociable B. humorous C. blond 2. A. fax machine B.character C.mobile phone 3. A. electricity B. fire C. match 4. A.slim B. straight C. bald I/ choose the most suitable words or phrase(2ms). D. helful D. telephone directory D. candy D. curly. 5. Lan makes some cake……………………. A- ourselves B- herself C- themselves D-himself 6. The earth…………… round the sun . A- go B- goes C- going D-are going 7. You …………….. to go to the market yourself buy some food. A- must B- should C- ought D- can 8. It isn't …………….. to leave medicine around the house. A- interesting B- hard C- safe D-dangerous 9. Why didn’t she go to school this morning? ……………..she was ill. A- So B- But C- Because D-Althought 10. Can I speak ………… Nam, please? A- with B- to C- by D- together 11. Don’t go……………it’s very cold. A- down B- up C- inside D.outside 12. Last year Hoa ………………to school for the fisrt time . A- came B- come C- comes D.comed III. Match the questions in column A to the answer in column B: (1m) GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 3.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(35)</span> A 13.Why didn’t Nam go to school? 14.Who do you live with? 15.What did you do yesterday? 16.Where is the calendar?. B A. I did my homework. B.It’s on the wall above the refrigerator. C.Because he was sick. D.My mother, my father and my brother.. Answer 13+ … 14+ … 15+ … 16+ …. IV/ Rearrange the words to make the meaningful sentences(2ms) 17.This/ my livingroom/is. …………………………………………………………………………… 18. There/ clock/ a/ is /the/ on wall/ beside/ picture/ the. …………………………………………………………………………… 19. In the middle/ is/ of/ the room/ the shelf/on/ the shelf/ and/ there is/ a TV. …………………………………………………………………………... 20. On the left/ the room/ of/ there is/ table/ a/ 4 chairs/ and. …………………………………………………………………………... V. Read the passage and answer the questions (2ms) Do you have any close friends ? I think everybody has at least once close friend in his life. And so do I. I have two close friends: Linh and Chi. We are in the same class at the primary school and the secondary school. We are also neighbours, so we spend most of our time studying and playing together.Chi is a beautiful girl with big black eyes and an oval face. She is an intelligent student and always studies the best in my class. She also like reading. Linh isn’t as beautiful as Chi butshe has a lovely smile and looks very healthy. Linh is very sporty. She spend most of her free time playing sports. Linh is a volleyball star in our school team. She is very sociable and humorous. Her jokes always make us laugh. I love both of my friends and I always hope our friendship will never die. QUESTIONS 21.What does Chi look like ? ………………………………………………………………………………… 22.What is Linh’s hobby ? ……………………………………………………………………………………… 23.What sport does Linh play in the school team ? ………………………………………………………………………………………. 24.What is Linh’s character ? ……………………………………………… …………................................ VI. Choose words in the box to fill in the blanks myself, because, should, ought, must EX. We are students. We must go to school on time. 25. You ………… to get up earlier. 26. Look at the pictures on the wall. I drew it ……………. 27. Why was she home late yesterday? ………….... she had a lot of things to do at school. 28. You ………… look for another job. Week: 7. Preparing date: 16/09/2012 Teaching date: 19/09/2012. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 3.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(36)</span> Period: 20. UNIT 4: OUR PAST Lesson 1 : Getting Started and Listen and Read I.Aim : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to tell the activities people used to do in the past. And understand the dialogue about the life of many years ago II.Language content : 1.Grammar : used to 2.Vocabulary: sound, equipment, folktale, III.Teaching aids: Text books, picture, stereo, chalks, IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance: 2.Checking up (none) 3.New lesson: Getting Started and Listen and Read Teacher’s activities T.Ask students to look at the picture on'page 38 and write the names of the things that do not belong to the past T.call 3 sts of 3 group to write the thing on the board. T.tick the picture on the board and ask sts questions. T.explain the new words.. T.take the tape 2 times. T.ask sts to pracice. Students’activities Content S.look at the picture GETTING STARTED: on'page 38 and write Answer: the names of the - The TV things that do not - The radio belong to the past in - The mobile phone The light fixture groups. - Modern clothing/school uniforms S.write the thing on the board. S.answer the LISTEN AND READ questions. Questions: S.repeat and copy this. Who are they? What are they holding? Do you like listening the folktale? Vocabulary: Look after (synonym) Equipment (n) (example) folk tale (example) Traditional (adj) (translation) Great grandma (explanation) Structure: Used to. Ex: I used to live on a farm. Ex; I used to live in Tan Hiep S.listen to the tape. While reading S.pracice the dialouge Answers: in pairs. a. She used to live en a farm.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 3.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(37)</span> the dialouge in pairs. T.callsome pairs to rea the dialogue. T.listen and check their pronunciation. T.ask sts to work in pairs , asking and answering questions. T.call some pairs to practice. T.correct them. T.ask sts to read the staments and decide Fact or Opinion. T.callsome sts to give the feedback. T.listen and correct them.. Sread the dialouge. b. Because she had! to stay at home and S.take notes. help her Mom to look! after her younger S.asking and brothers and sisters. answering questions. c. She used to cook the meals, clean the S.asking and house and wash the clothes. answering questions. d. Her great grandma used to lit the lamp S.take notes and copy and her great grand father used to tell this. stories, e. She asked her grandma to tell her the tale "The lost shoe". S.read the staments Post-reading and decide Fact or Fact = True (sự thật) Opinion Opinion =one’s thought (ý kiến) S.check the answers Answers: with partners. a) F S.give the feedback. b) F S.take notes and copy c) F this. d) F e) O f) O. 4/ Consolidation T.ask sts to give some examples about Fact and Opinion. S.give some examples about Fact and Opinion. Example: Studying E nglish is difficult. (O) 5.Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite answers in your notebooks VII.Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 7 Preparing date: 16/09/2012 Teaching date: 20,21/09/2012 Period: 21. UNIT 4: OUR PAST Lesson 2: Speak . I.Aim: 1/ Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use USED TO talk about the things they used to do in the past. II.Language content : 1.Grammar : USED TO 2.Vocabulary: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 3.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(38)</span> III.Teaching aids: Text book, chalks, pictures, stereo, card board. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words. 3.New lesson:SPEAK and LISTEN. Teacher’sactivities T.ask sts to speak in free in 2 munites.. students’activities S.speak in free in 2 munites.. T.ask sts some Qs.. S.look at the pictures and answer the Qs.. T.ask sts to work in pairs. Look at the pictures and talk about the way things used to be and the way they are now. T.call some pairs to speak before the class. T.listen and correct them .. T.ask sts to write the things you used to do last year.. Content Free speaking: Example:I used to look after my sister. SPEAKING. Questions; a. Where did they live in the past? And now? b. How did they travel? c. What's about the electricity? d. What's about their life / work? e. Did children use to go to school? f. What's about their entertainment? S.work in pairs. Look Example: at the pictures and talk -People used to in small houses. Now about the way things they live in big houses and buildings. used to be and the way -People used to walk to travel. Now they they are now. can go by car or motorbike. S.speak before the -There didn’t use to be electricity in the class. home. Now there is electricity S.take notes. everywhere. -People used to work hard all the time. Now they have a lot of time for entertainment. -Childrenused to stay home. Now they go to school.……………………… S.write the things you Example: used to do last year. I used to get up late. Now, I get up early and do morning exercises. Post-speaking. T gives the structure. S + used to + V ( infi) S + used not to+ V ( infi) S + did not + use to + V ( infi). 4/ Consolidation - Write the things you used to do last year. 5/ .Homework: -Learnt by heart the words and write 4 sentences using “USED TO” -Prepare new lesson “LISTEN” GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 3.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(39)</span> VII. Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 8 Period: 22. Preparing date: 23/09/2012 Teaching date: 25/09/2012. UNIT 4: OUR PAST Lesson 2: Listen I.Aim: 1/ Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to listen the main idea of the story. II.Language content : 1.Grammar : 2.Vocabulary: foolish, greedy, amazement, lay eggs. III.Teaching aids: Text book, chalks, pictures, stereo, card board. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words. 3.New lesson:SPEAK and LISTEN Teacher’s Students’activities Content activities KIM GAME T.ask sts look at the pictures and retell S: look at the their names. pictures and retell their names.. T.ask sts S: answer. what animal can lay eggs ?( chicken). T.explain the words.. T: Checks words. S.repead and copy down.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. layeggs. Foolish. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 3.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(40)</span> T.ask sts to look at the picture & guess the name of the story. Greedy cut open What is the name of the story? S.guess the name of the story .. T.take the tape 2 times. T.ask sts to check the answer with partners.. S.listen to the tape and give the most suitable moral lesson.. A chicken lay a gold egg While-listening A B. C. T.call some sts to give the moral lesson. T.take the tape again and correct them. T.call 1 student to tell the story .. S.check the answer with partners. S.give the moral lesson . S.take notes and copy this. S.tell the story in. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. D. 1B, 2D, 3C, 4A What moral lesson do we have from the story? a. Don’t kill chickens. b. Don’t be foolish and greedy. c. Be happy with what you have. d. It’s difficult to find gold. Answer: b)Don’t be foolish and greedy.. Post-listening Once a farmer lived a comfortable life with his family. His chicen laid many eggs which the farmer used to sell to buy food and clothing for his family.One day, he went to collect the eggs and discovered one of the chickens laid a gold GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 4.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(41)</span> egg. He shouted excitedly to his wife, “We’re rich! We’rrich!”His wife ran to him and they both looked at the egg in amazement The wife wanted more, so her husband decided to cut open all the chickens and find more gold eggs. Unfortunately, he couldn’t find any eggs. When he finished all, the chickens were deadThere were no more eggs of any kind for the foodlish farmer and his greedy wife. 4/ Consolidation T. Asks some questions 1.Do you think the farmer and his wife were happy? 2. What happened with his chickens? 3. Did they find more gold eggs? 4. What were they like? 5/ .Homework: -Learnt by heart the words and write 4 sentences using “USED TO” -Prepare new lesson “READ” VII. Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 8 Preparing date: 23/09/2012 Teaching date: 26/09/2012 Period: 23 UNIT 4:OUR PAST Lesson 3: Read I.Aim: 1/ Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to understand retell the story "The lost shoe". II.Language focus: 1.Grammar:past simple . 2.Vocabulary:broken heart, harvest festival,fairy, change st into st, rag, magically, cruel, prince. III .Teaching aids: Text book, chalks, picture, card board. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up:call 2 sts to speak 4 sentences using “used to” and now. 3.New lesson:READ Teacher’s activities. Students’activities. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Content GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 4.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(42)</span> T gives ss to play a game. T.explain new words T.ask sts to close your books and check new words. T.ask sts to skim the reading and complete the sentences with words T.ask sts to check the answers with partners. T.call some sts to give the answers. T.ask sts to read the text again and work in pairs ask and answer the questions from the story T.call some pairs to ask and answer the questions. T.correct them. S play game. Guessing games: It has 8 letters It’s traditional story. What is it? It’s folktale. Do you know the name of this story? It’s the lost shoe S.repeat and copy Vocabulary : down. - cruel (adj.) (translation) S.close your books - upset (adj.) (synonym) and check new - fairy (n) (translation) words - magical (adj.)  magically (adv.) S.skim the reading - rag (n) (realia) and complete the - (To) fall in love with (translation) sentences with words - immediately (adv.) from the story. - change sth into sth (translation) S.check the answers While-reading with partners. Answers: S.give the answers. a) a farmer b) died c) had to ………. again T.listen and correct d) marry e) make f)lost them. Answers: S.take notes and a)She was the poor farmer’s daughter. copy this. b)She made Little Pea do the chores all day. S.read the text again c)Before the festival started, a fairy appeared and work in pairs ask and magically changed her rags into beautiful and answer the clothes. questions. d)The shoe fitted Little Pea. S.ask and answer the e)This is not a true story because there is a questions. fairy. S.take notes and copy this. S.pracitice in pairs and read the story. S.read the story.. T.ask sts to pracitice in pairs and read the story. T.call some pairs to read the story. 4 /Consolidation T.call 1 or 2 sts to summerize the story. S.summerize the story.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 4.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(43)</span> T.call 1 or 2 sts to summerize the store before the class. S.summerize the store before the class 5 .Homework: -Learn by heart the works and rewrite the answers in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson. WRITE VI. Drawing experience : ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ Week: 8 Period: 24. Preparing date: 23/09/2012 Teaching date: 28/09/2012 SỬA BÀI KIỂM TRA. I . Objectieves: To check students’ knowlegde from Unit 1 to Unit 3 of Enghlish 8. *Grammar: Simple present, simple past, simple future, be ( not) + adj + to inf,be going to, adv of place,reflexive pronouns, why- Because. *Vocabulary : In topics (ajds of character and body build, names of telecommunication, household) *Writing : Complete the sentences to write the description of the room *Reading : Read the text and answer THE QUESTIONS V. Type of Examination: Progress Test I. (1m) 1. C. 2. B. 3. D. 6. B. 7. C. 4. A. II. (2ms) 5. B. 8. C. 9. C. 10. B. 11. D. 12. A. III. (1m) 13. C. 14. D. 15. A. 16. B. IV. (2ms) 17. This is my living room. 18. There is a clock on the wall beside the picture. 19. In the middle of the room there is a shelf and on the shelf there is a TV. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 4.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(44)</span> 20. On the left of the room there is a table and 4 chairs. V. ( 2ms ) 21. Chi is beautiful, she has black eyes and an oval face. 22. She is very sporty. 23. She plays volleyball. 24. She is very sociable and humorous. VI. (2ms) 25. ought 26. myself 27. Because 28. should Drawing experience : ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ Week: 9 Preparing date: 01/10/2012 Period: 25 Teaching date: 02/10/2012. UNIT 4: OUR PAST Lesson 4: Write I.Aim: 1/ .Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use Simple Past Tense to write a folk tale. II.Language focus: 1.Grammar:past simple tense and past propresive tense. 2.Vocabulary:graze, servant, master, wisdom, tie, straw, black stripe III .Teaching aids: Text book, chalks, picture, card boards. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up. Call 2 sts to tell the story. 3.New lesson: WRITE.. Teacher’Sactivities T.ask sts some Qs. Students’activities Warm up. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Content GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 4.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(45)</span> about imaginary story. T: Has Ss listen to the teacher to explain the words. T.explain the words. T.ask sts to read and complete the story. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners T.call some sts to read the completed story. T.listen and correct them.. T.ask students to work in groups of 4 , answering the following questions: T.call some sts to answer the questions. T.get students to do exercise 2. They have to imagine to be a man in order to write the story. T.call 2 sts to read the story.. S.answer the Chatting: questions. a.Do you want to read imaginary stories? Ss: listen to the - Name some of them. teacher’s direction b. Which story do you like best? Ss : do as the teacher’s c. Have you ever read the story has a tiger &a direction buffalo?. "How the tigers got his Stripes"? S.repeat and copy Pre-writing Vocabulary: down. - wisdom (n) (translation) - a stripe (n) (picture) S.read and complete - a straw (n) (picture) the story. - a servant (n) (translation) - (to) escape (translation) S.check the answers - (to) graze (picture) with partners. - to light - lit - lighted (mime) S.read the completed - to tie (translation) story. Answers: S.take notes and copy 1. appear 6. tied down. 2. as 7. lit 3. said 8. burned S.answering the 4. left 9.escaped following questions. 5. went Questions: S.answer the a. Where was the man? questions. b. What did the buffalo do when the tiger appeared? c. What did the tiger want to know? d. What did he do before going home? Why? e. What did he do when he returned? S.hang the card boards While writing on the board and take Notes: notes and copy this. The man  I S.read the story. His My * Suggested answers:. 4/ Consolidation T . Calls 1 or 2 sts to retell the story , buy using given words GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 4.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(46)</span> S.retell the story. 5/ Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the story in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson. LANGUAGE FOCUS. VI. Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 9 Period: 26. Preparing date: 01/10/2012 Teaching date: 03/10/2012. UNIT 4 : OUR PAST Lesson 5: Language Focus I.Aim: 1/ .Objetive: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to understand further practice in Past Simple Tense, Prepositions and Used to . II.Language content : 1.Grammar: past simple tense, prepositions and used to . 2.Vocabulary: (none) III .Teaching aids: Text book, chalks, pictures and card bourds. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up .call 2 sts to write the words on the board. 3.New lesson: Language Focus. Teacher’s activities T.let’s play game.. Students’activities Warm up S.play game “pelmanism”. Content Pelmanism: E.g.: run - ran : that team gets 1 mark. run ran fly flew ride rode eat. T.ask sts to write the past simple form of the verbs.. S.write the form of the verbs on the board.. ate sit sat Exercise 1:. come. Example: Run ran Feedback:. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 4.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(47)</span> T.ask sts to work in pairs to complete the dialouge below. Using the past simple. T.call some pairs to read the dialouge. T.ask sts to complete the sentences.Using the preposition. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners. T.call some sts to read the answers. T.listen and correct them. T.explain more. T.ask sts to look at the picture and answer the questions. T.ask sts to work in pairs and complete the dialouge. Use used to and the verbs in the box. T.call some pairs to read the dialouge. T.listen and correct them.. S.work in pairs and complete the dialouge Answers: below. Using the past simple.. Exercise 2:. S.complete the sentences.Using the prepositions. S.check the answers with partners. S.read the complete staments. S.take notes and copy this. S.take notes and copy this. S.answer the question. S.work in pairs and complete the dialouge. Use used to and the verbs in the box. S.read the dialouge. S.take notes and copy down.. Exercise 3: Answers: Explaination: - in +year (in 2008 ) - in + month (in March ) - on + date (on 20 ) - on +date +month +year (on June 2, 2006) - on + day (on Monday) - at +time (at 7 pm ) Exercise 4: Structure: Used to + V(infinitive) Ex:I used to be a student. Meaning:diễn tả một hành động xảy ra trong quá khứ nay không còn nữa. Questions: 1. Who are they ? 2. What are they doing? Answers: 1.They are Nga and Hoa. 2.They are looking at the photos. Answers:. 4 /Consolidation T. ask sts to give some examples using used to. Example: I used to look after my younger sister 5 / .Homework: -Rewrite the answers in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson :unit 5/ Getting Started and Listen and Read VI. Drawing experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ...................................................................................................................................................... Week: 9 Period: 27. Preparing date: 01/10/2012 Teaching date: 04,05/10/2012. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 4.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(48)</span> UNIT 5: STUDY HABITS Lesson 1:Getting Started and Listen and Read •. I.Aim: 1/ .Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to understand the dialogue between Jim and his Mom about his study. II.Language content : 1.Grammer:the reported speech. 2.Vocabulary: report card, excellent, tobe proud of, semester, improve, promise, III.Teaching aids: Text books, pictures, stereo, chalk. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up:(none) 3.New lesson:Getting Started and Listen and Read Teacher’s activities T.ask sts to work with a partner, ask and answer the questions about your lesson schedule. T: Has Ss look at the picture to introduce : “This is Tim and her son Tim . They are talking about Tim’s study . to know what they are talking about Let’s come to part 1” T.explain the words. T.checking the works. T.aAsk students to read the statements (on poster) and predict they are true or false.. students’activities Content S.work with a partner, ask and answer the GETTING STARTED questions. Questions: 1. What subject are you good at? bad at? 2. What subject do you like best? Why? 3. How often do you have math? literature? Ss : listen to the LISTEN AND READ. teacher S.repeat and copy down.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Pre-listening Vocabulary: - a report card (realia) - (to) improve (situation) - (to) be proud of (translation) - (to) try one's best (translation) - exellent (very, very good) - (to) semester (term) - (to) promise (translation) Structure: “reported speech” Ex: she asked me to give you this dictionary. Rub and remember: - T / F statements: GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 4.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(49)</span> T.take the tape 2 S.listen to the tape. While-listening times . S.practice the Feedback: T.ask sts to practice dialouge in pairs. a)F: Tim was at home. the dialouge in pairs. S.read the dialouge. b)T T.call some pairs to S.read the dialogue c)F: It is excellent. read the dialouge. and check their d)T. T.ask students to read prediction . e)F: He needs to improve Spanish the dialogue and S.take notes and copy pronunciation. check their prediction this. f)T. T.listen and correct T.ask sts to work in S.work in pairs, Answers: pairs, answering the asking and answering a)She is Tim's teacher. questions. the questions. b. She gave Tim's mother his report card. T.call some pairs to S.ask and answer the c. He worked really hard. ask and answer the questions. d. She said Tim should word harder on questions. S.take notes and copy his Spanish pronunciation. T.correct them. this. e. She gave him a dictionary. 4/ Consolidation T.ask sts to ask and answer the questions. S.ask and answer the questions Questions. 1.What subject are you good at? bad at? 2.What subject do you need to improve? 5 /.Homework: Learn by heart the works and rewrite the answers in your notebooks. Prepare new lesson :SPEAK AND LISTEN. VI. VII.Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 10 Period: 28. Preparing date: 07/10/2012 Teaching date: 09/10/2012. UNIT 5:STUDY HABITS Lesson 2: Speak I.Aim: 1/ .Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to talk about their study habits II.Language content : 1.Grammar :present simple tense. 2.Vocabulary :behavior, participation, cooperation, satisfactory, attendance III.Teaching aids: Text book, card board, chalk, stereo. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 4.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(50)</span> 2.Checking up :call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words 3.New lesson :SPEAK . Teacher’s activities T.ask sts to answer the questions.. students’activities S.answer the questions.. Content Warm up 1.How many subjects do you have a week? 2.Which subject do you like best? 3.Which subject do you need to improve? 4.How much time do you spend on the English/ Math/ History…? Questions: 1.When do you do your homework? 2.Who helps you with your homework ? 3.How much time do you spend on these subjects :Math, Vietnamese, History, English, etc. ? 4.Which subject do you need to improve 5.What do you do to improve your Eng?. T.ask sts to read the S.read the questions questions and and information in information in the box. the box. T.ask sts to answer the S.answer the questions basing on the questions basing on the information in the the the information box. in the box. T.explain the new S.take notes and words if necessary. copy this. T.call some pairs to S.asking and Questions: practice. answering the 1.Who help you with your learning T.listen and correct questions. English? them. S.take notes. 2.Do you need to improve your English ? T.ask sts to answer the S.answer the 3.How much time do you spend on the questions. questions. English? 4/ Consolidation T.has sts to talk about your school report card in last term. S.talk about your school report card in last term. -speaks English quite well. However, she does need to improve her listening skills. Example: Last year, I learned very hard and my grades were good. In English, I often had 8 marks………………………………………………………………… 5 .Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answeers in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson: LISTEN VII.Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 10 Period: 29. Preparing date: 07/10/2012 Teaching date: 10/10/2012. UNIT 5:STUDY HABITS GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 5.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(51)</span> Lesson 2: Listen I.Aim: 1/ .Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to talk about their study habits and to listen for specific information to fill in a report card. II.Language content : 1.Grammar :present simple tense. 2.Vocabulary :behavior, participation, cooperation, satisfactory, attendance III.Teaching aids: Text book, card board, chalk, stereo. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance: 2.Checking up :call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words 3.New lesson : LISTEN Teacher’s activities T.ask sts to answer the questions.. T.ask sts to read the report card one time. T.explain the new words. T.ask sts to look at Nga’s report and predict the missing information and then compare with their partners. T.call some sts to give prediction.. T.ask sts to listen and answer the questions. students’activities S.answer the questions.. Content. Questions: 1.How many subjects do you have a week? 2.Which subject do you like best? 3.Which subject do you need to improve? 4.How much time do you spend on the English/ Math/ History…? S.read the report card Pre-listening one time. New words: S.repeat and copy Behavior (translation) down. Participation (translation) ’ S.look at Nga s report Comment (translation) and predict the Cooperation (translation) missing information Satisfactory (translation) and then compare Attendance (translation) with their partners. Prediction S.give prediction. a. Day present (1) b. Day absent (2) c. Behavior - participant (3) d. Listening (4) e. Speaking (5) f. Reading (6) g.Writing (7) i. teacher‘s signature Prediction While-lisrening S.answer the Answers: questions. (1) 87 days present (2) 5 days absent (3) Participation: Spanish pronunciation (4) Listening: Comprehension (5) Speaking : A. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 5.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(52)</span> (6) Reading :A (7) Writing: B (8) Miss Blake 4/ Consolidation T.has sts to talk about your school report card in last term. S.talk about your school report card in last term. Questions: a. Who are Nga 'a parents? b. What's Nga's teacher's name? c. What are the comments? 5 .Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answeers in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson: READ. VII.Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 10 Period: 30. Preparing date: 07/10/2012 Teaching date: 11/10/2012. UNIT 5: STUDY HABITS Lesson 3 : Read I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to understandhow to learn the new words and get specific information. II.Language content : 1.Grammar :present simple tense. 2.Vocabulary: Mother tongue , underline , highlight , come across , stick ,revision. III.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, highlight pen, cards. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up: call 2 sts to answer the questions. 1.When do you do your homework? 2.Who helps you with your homework ? 3.How much time do you spend on these subjects :Math, Vietnamese, ? 4.Which subject do you need to improve ? 5.What do you do to improve your English? 3.New lesson:READ Teacher’s activities T.ask students some. students’activities S.answer the. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Content Warm up GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 5.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(53)</span> questions about their English learning.. questions.. Questions: •Do you like learning English ? •How many new words do you try to learn a day? •What do you do when you read a new word? •How do you learn / remember new words? T.explain the words. S.repeat and copy Pre-reading T.check the words. down. Vocabulary: T.ask sts to read the - Mother tongue (example) sentences and predict - (to ) underline (example) them T or F. - (to) highlight (example) T.ask sts to check the S.check. - (to) come across (translation) prediction with - (to) stick (example) Partners. S.read the sentences - (to) revise = (to) review T.call some sts to give and predict them T or Checking the words : the prediction. F. “rub out and remember” S.check the prediction Prediction: with partners. a) b) c) S.give the prediction d) on the board. T.ask sts to read the S.read the text and While-reading text and check their check their prediction. Answers: prediction. S.give the feedback a)F: (some language learners write the T.call some sts to give and sentences in the meaning of the news words in their the feedback and text. mother tongue.) sentences in the text. S.take notes and copy b)T: T.listen and correct down. c)F: (many learner tries to learn all the them. new words they come across.) d)T: 4 / Consolidation T.ask sts to read te text again. 5 .Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson “Read cont” VI. Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 11 Period : 31. Date preparing 14/10/2012. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Date teaching:…………………… GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 5.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(54)</span> UNIT 5: STUDY HABITS Lesson 3 : Read ( CONT) I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to understandhow to learn the new words and get specific information. II.Language content : 1.Grammar :present simple tense. 2.Vocabulary: Mother tongue , underline , highlight , come across , stick ,revision. III.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, highlight pen, cards. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up: call 2 sts to write the vocabulary. Mother tongue, underline, highlight, come across, stick, revise 3.New lesson:READ (CONT) Teacher’s’activities students’activities Content T.ask students some S.answer the Questions: questions about their questions. •Do you like learning English ? English learning. •How many new words do you try to learn a day? •What do you do when you read a new word? •How do you learn new words? T.ask sts to read the S.read the text again text again and ask and ask and answer 2. Answers: and answer the the questions in pairs. a)No. They learn words in different ways. questions in pairs. b)Because they help them to remember the T.call some pairs to S.ask and answer the use of new words. ask and answer the questions. c)They write examples, put the words and questions. their meanings on stickers, underline or T.ask sts to read the S.read the answers on highlight them. answers on the the board. board. S.take notes and copy T.correct them. this. T.ask students to S.work in groups of 4 Post-reading work in groups of or 5 to interview 4 or 5 to interview one another and one another and tick the ways they tick the ways they have used to learn have used to learn new words. new words. T,call 4 leaders of 4 S.interview one groups to another interview 4 / Consolidation GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 5.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(55)</span> T.ask sts some questions. 1.Which way do you choose to learn words? 2.How should you learn words? 5 .Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson “Write” VI. Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................................... Week: 11 Date preparing: 14/10/2012 Period : 32 Date teaching:………………….. UNIT 5 : STUDY HABITS Lesson 4: Write I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a letter to a friend. And know the format of a friendly letter and practice II.Language content : 1.Grammar:past simple and present simple tense 2.Vocabulary:Lunar New Year Festival , Enjoyable , celebrate , result III.Teaching aids: Text book, card boards, chalks. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up: call 2 sts to answer the questions and write the words. 3.New lesson:WRITE 1.Which way do you choose to learn words? Teacher s’activities students’activities Content T.ask students some Warm up questions dealing with S.answer the Questions: writing letters. questions. 1) Haveyou ever writtentosomeone? 2)To whom do you usually write? 3)What do you often write about? 4.How many parts are in a letter? Vocabulary: T.explain the words. S.repeat and copy - LunarNew Year Festival this. - Enjoyable (adj) (translation) - (to) celebrate (example) T.check the words. - result (translation) S.check the words. Checking: Rub out and remember. T.ask students to put Ordering: the parts of the letter S.put the parts of a. Opening d. Body of the letter in the correct order. the letter in the b. Closing e. Signature GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 5.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(56)</span> T.ask sts to check the answers with partners. T.Ask students to read the letter on page 51 to check their order. T.listen and correct them. T.ask students to label each section with the correct letter. correct and give feedback. T.call 2 sts to read the letter. T.listen and check their pronunciation. T.ask sts to work in pairs and answer some questions. T.call some pairs to ask and answer the questions.. correct order.. c. The date f.Writer’s address. S.check the answers with partners. S.read the letter on page 51 to check their order. S.take notes and copy this. S.label each section with the correct letter S.listen and copy this. S.read the letter. S.take notes. Answers: 1) (f) Writer’s address 4) (d)Body of the letter 2) (c) The date 5) (b) Closing 3) (a) Opening 6) (e) Signature Feedback: 1. B 2. D 3. A 4. C. While-writing S.work in pairs Questions and answers: and answer some a. Who wrote the letter? To whom? questions. b. What are there in the heading? c. What is the main part of the letter? S.ask and answer d. What did Hoa receive a few days ago? the questions. e. Is Hoa good at Math? f. What subject is Hoa good at? g. Where is she going to celebrate the Lunar New Year Festival? Substitution writing: 15 My Hiep Son Street, S.do exercise 2 on Hon Dat, June 10th, 2008 page 51 in goups Dear Donna, of 6. ………………………….. Best friend, S.hang the writing Lan on the board.. T.ask students to do exercise 2 on page 51, students have to imagine that they are Lan and write a letter to her penpal Donna in Sans Francisco, using the given information. T.call some student of groups to hang the writing on the board. S.take notes and copy this. T.correct them. 4/ Consolidation T.ask sts some questions. S.answer the questions Questions. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 5.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(57)</span> 1.How many parts are there in a letter? 2.What are they? 3.Do you write writer’s address or receiver’s address in the heading ? 5/ .Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the letter in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson: LANGUAGE FOCUS VI. Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 11 Period : 33. Date preparing: 14/10/2012 Date teaching:………………. UNIT 5: STUDY HABIT Lesson 5: Language Focus I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use adverbs of manner and modal Should as an advice,.commands repuests and advice in the reported speech II.Language focus: 1.Grammar: -adverbs of manner -modal Should as an advice -reported speech. III.Teaching aids: Text book, chalks, pictures, IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up: call 2 sts to read the letter which they do at home and write the words. 3.New lesson:LANGUAGE FOCUS ’ T.let s play game. S.play game Warm up “pelmanism” Pelmanism: T.explain how to S.listen to the E.g.: soft - softly; that team has 1 mark. play game. teacher and play good warm bad fast game in 3 teams. hard T.ask sts to do exercise 1. complete the dialouge by using the adverbs of maner in the box. T.ask sts to. S.complete the dialouge by using the adverbs of maner in the box. S.practice the dialouge in pairs.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. difficult. careful. beatiful. Exercise 1 Answers: a) well b)hard c)fast d)badly e)softly GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 5.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(58)</span> practice the dialouge in pairs.. T.ask sts to do exercise 3 basing on the examples. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners.. T.call some sts to write the reported speech on the board. T.correct them.. S.do exercise 3 basing on the examples. S.check the answers with partners.. S.write the reported speech on the board. S.take notes and copy this. S.do exercise 4 basing on the examples. S.check the answers with partners. S.write the reported speech on the board.. Form: adjective + ly = adverb S + be + adjective S + V + adverb Ex:Hoa is beautiful. Nga speaks English well.• Exercise 3 Examples: Miss Jackson said : “Can you give Tim this dictionary ?” “Please give Tim this dictionary.” Tim’s mother reported it to Tim: “Miss Jackson asked me to give you this dictionary.” “Miss Jackson told me to give you this dictionary.” Answers: a)Miss Jackson asked me to wait for her outside her office. b)Miss Jackson asked me to give you your report card for this semester. Exercise 4 Examples: Miss Jackson said : “Tim should work harder on his Spanish pronunciation.” Tim’s mother reported it to Tim: “Miss Jackson said you should work harder on your Spanish pronunciation.” Answers: a)“Miss Jackson said you should spend more time on Spanish pronunciation.”. T.ask sts to do exercise 4 basing on the examples. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners. T.call some sts to write the reported speech on the board. 4/ Consolidation T.call some sts to retell the structures used in the lesson and give examples. S.retell the structures used in the lesson and give examples. Examples: 1.adverbs: He runs quickly. 2.should: you should get up early. 3.reported speech: my father said I should study Math harder. 5/ .Homework: -Rewrite the answers in your notebooks and learn by heart the structures. -Prepare new lesson : Unit 6: Getting Started and Listen and Read. VI.Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 5.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(59)</span> ............................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................. Week: 12 Period : 34. Date preparing: 21/10/2012 Date teaching: 23/10/2012. UNIT 6: THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB Lesson 1:Getting Started and Listen and Read I.Aim: - By the end of the lesson, students will be able to understand the dialogue and talk about the hobby and the plans which they will do in the furtures . to practice in gerunds used after some verbs: love, live, hate, enjoy. II.Language content : 1.Grammar: gerunds 2.Vocabulary:blind people, handicapped children, clean up, fill out, enroll, application form, act III .Teaching aids: Text book, 5 cards for drill, cassette, chalks. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up (none) 3.New lesson :Getting Started and Listen and Read Teacher’s activities T.ask sts some questions about their activities and their summer holidays.. Students’activities S.answers the questions.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Contents Questions : 1.What do you usually do on your summer holiday? 2.Are there any activity programs for the summer? 3. What activity do you like most?. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 5.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(60)</span> T Gives the pictures and introduces. S. listen to the teacher. S.work in pairs T.ask sts to work in pairs and identify the activities that Y & Y participate in, then add more activities to the list. T.call some sts to read the activities and add more. S.read the activities and add more.. young pioneer & youth organization. - helping blind people/ Playing sports cleaning up beaches.. - helping elderly people.. T.introduce the scene.. S.listen to the teacher andguesswhat questions does the secretary ask Nga when she enrolls for the T.call some sts to read the activities for this summer? S.read the prediction. prediction. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Caring the animal helping handicapped children More activities. - take part in cultural activities. - summer campaign. - planting trees. Listen and Read. Answers: -what is your full name? -where do you live ? ………………………… Vocabulary: - (to) enroll (translation) GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 6.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(61)</span> T.explain the words. S.repeat and copy this.. T.ask sts to practice the dialouge in pairs. T.call some pairs to read the dialouge. T.ask sts to complete Nga’s details.. S.practice the dialouge in pairs S.read the dialouge. S.complete Nga’s details.. - application form (visual) - fill out (example) - Out door activities (pic) - (to) act (translation) Structure: Gerund (V +ING) Ex:I like drawing and outdoor activities. And I enjoy acting ,too. Checking vocabulary: Rub out and remember. 1. Answers:  • Name: Pham Mai Nga  • Home address: 5 Tran Phu Street.  • Phone number: Not available.  • Date of birth: April 22, 1989  • Sex: Female •Interest:drawing,outdoor, activities, acting. T.ask sts some questions. S.answers the questions.. Questions: 1. What’s her name? 2. Where does she live? 3. When was she born? 4. What are her hobbies?. 4/ Consolidation T.ask sts some questions. S.answers the questions Questions: 1.Do you plan to take part in any activities this summer? 2.Which activities do you like ? 3.What are your hobbies? 5 .Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson: SPEAK. VI.Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 12 Date preparing: 21/10/2012 Period : 35 Date teaching: 24/10/2012 UNIT 6: THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB Lesson 2: Speak I.Aim: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 6.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(62)</span> By the end of the lesson, students will be able to ask for favors and respond to favors. II.Language content : 1.Grammar: asking for favors and responding to favors. Offering assistance and responding assistance. 2.Vocabulary: carry, hurt, flat tire. III.Teaching aids: text book, chalk, card boards. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up: call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words. 3.New lesson: SPEAK Teacher’s activities T.ask sts to answer the questioins.. T.ask sts to look at the phrases on page 55& copy down T.ask sts to work in pairs ,practice the dialouge . T.listen to and check their pronunciation.. students’activities S.answer the questioins.. Contents Pre- speaking Questions: 1. What do you say to ask for a favor? 2.When do you askforfavor? 3. How do you say to respond to favor? 4. What do you say to offer an favor? 5.How do you say to respond to assistance ?. S.copy down the following phrases. S.practice the dialouges.. The scene : Mrs. Ngoc is carrying a heavy bag, but she's hurt her arm so she needs some help.. S.take notes. T.ask sts to work in pairs and do exercise 3 T.call some pairs to read the dialouge.. S.work in pairs and do exercise 3. Similar dialouge:. S.read the dialouge.. 4/ Consolidation T.ask sts to retell the favors and assistances. S.retell the favors and assistances. 5/ .Homework: -Learn by heart the words and asking for favor and responding favors. - Offering assistance and responding to assistance. -Prepare new lesson : LISTEN. VI.Draw experience: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 6.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(63)</span> ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 12 Period : 36. Date preparing: 21/10/2012 Date teaching: 25,26/10/2012. UNIT 6: THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB Lesson 2: Listen. I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to listen and complete the sing II.Language content : 1.Grammar: 2.Vocabulary: land, unite, peace, hold III.Teaching aids: text book, chalk, card boards, stereo. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up: call 2 sts to make the dialouge. 3.New lesson: LISTEN. Teacher s’activities. students’activities. T.ask sts some questions.. S.answer the questions .. T.explain the words. S.repeat and copy this. T.check the words. S.check the words.. Contents Pre-listening Questions: 1.Do you often listen to English song ? 2.Tell me some names of the English song ? 3.Do you like listen to them 4.Do you understand the meaning of the song? 5.Do you know the“children of the world unite ?” New words: - unite (translation) - place to place (translation) - shout out (speak louder) - peace (translation) Checking the words: Rub out and remember.. T.ask sts to listen to the tape S.listen to the tape 2 times While-listening 2 times and fill in the and fill in the missing words "Children of our land unite. missing words in the blanks. in the blanks. Let's sing for peace GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 6.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(64)</span> T.ask sts to check the answers with partners. T.call some sts to give the answers T.take the tape again and correct them.. T.call 1 or 2 sts to sing the song.. S.check the answers with partners. S.give the answers. S.take notes and copy down.. S.sing the song.. Let's sing for right Let's sing for love between North and South. Oh children of our land unite. Children of the world hold hands. Let's show our love from place to place. Let's shout out loud. Let's make a stand Oh children of the world, hold hands. Post-listening. 4/ Consolidation T.ask sts to retell the favors and assistances. S.retell the favors and assistances. 5/ .Homework: -Learn by heart the words - Prepare new lesson : READ. VI.Draw experience: ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 13 Period : 37. Preparing date: 28/10/2012 Teaching date:30/10/2012. UNIT 6: THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB Lesson 3 : READ I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know more about HCM Communist Youth Union . II.Language content : 1.Grammar: past and present simple tenses. 2.Vocabulary:encourage, citizenship, Federation, Campaign, movement, establish, awareness... III.Teaching aids: Text book, chalk, card board . IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up: call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words. 3.New lesson: READ GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 6.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(65)</span> Teachers’activities T.ask sts to play game. Students’activities S.play game “jumbled words” in 3 teams.. T.explain new words. S.repeat and copy down.. T.check the words.. S.check the words “slap on the board” T.ask sts to skim the reading and check the statement is T or F. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners T.call some sts to give predictions.. Content Warm up Jumbled Words: 1. Racchtaer. 4. Pexailn 2. lojn 5. Nessmsibuan 3. Mai 6. Thauolgh Answers: 1. Character 4. Explain 2. Join 5. Businessman 3. Aim 6. Although Pre-reading Vocabulary - (to) encourage ( give somebody support) - citizenship (translation) - federation (n) (translation) - Campaign (adj.) (translation) - movement (n): (translation) - (to) establish (translation) - a wareness (n) (translation) -guideline (n) (translation) Checking the words. Slap on the board.. S.skim the reading and check the statement is T or F. S.check the answers with partners.. T / F Statements Prediction 1. HCM Communist Youth Union is a youth organization from 11 to 30. 2.It was founded in 1913 3.The Youth Union was officially named S.give predictions. in 1967. 4. The Youth Union’activities aim to help the young develop their public awareness and form their personality. 5.HCM President established the guidelines for the Vietnamese Youth. T.ask students to read the S.read the passage and While reading passage and check if their check if their prediction is Feedback: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 6.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(66)</span> prediction is correct or not. T.call some sts to give the feedback. T.correct them. T.ask sts to read the reading again and do exercise 1 fill in the missing words. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners. T.call some sts to give the answers. T.correct them.. correct or not. S.give the feedback. S.take notes.. Guess Answe 1. F 2. F 3. F. Correction From 15 to 30 In 1931 In 1976. S.read the reading again and do exercise 1 fill in 4. T the missing words 5. T S.check the answers with partners. Answers: S.give the answers. a) 1931 S.take notes and copy this b) December 1976 c) their public awareness and form their personality. d) guidelines T.call some pairs to S.practice asking and practice asking and answering the questions Answers: answering the questions. and write them on the a) From 15 to30. T.listen and correct them. boatds. b) It was founded in 1913 S.take notes and copy c) It is “ HCM Communist Youth Unioin down. d)They are helping Handicapped children, Cleaning the Environment. e) These activities aim to help the young develop their public awareness and form their personality. f) .HCM President established the guidelines for the Vietnamese Youth. 4 /Consolidation: T.ask sts to summarize the reading basing on the dates. S.summarize the reading basing on the dates. Example: The Youth Union was founded in …….. 5 .Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson: WRITE. VI.Draw experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 13 Preparing date: 28/10/2012 Period : 38 Teaching date: 31/10/2012 GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 6.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(67)</span> UNIT 6: THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB Lesson 4: WRITE I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a letter about a future plan using "be going to". II.Language content : 1.Grammar:future plan using "be going to". 2.Vocabulary:recycling program, can, glass, rescource, earn, fund, sidewalk, register. III.Teaching aids: Text book, chalks, card boards . IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance: 2.Checking up: call 2 sts to write the words and answer the questions. 1.When did scouting begin in English ? 2.What are the scouting group that girls can join ? 3.New lesson. WRITE.. Teacher’s activities T.ask sts to work with partners and talk about the future plans. T.call some sts to read the future plans.. students’ activities S.work with partners and talk about the future plans. S.read the future plans.. T.explain the words. S.repeat and copy this.. T.check the words.. T.ask sts to read the notice. T.ask sts some questions. T.call some sts to answer the questions.. S.check the words S.read the notice. S.answer the questions.. S.answer the questions.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Content Warm up Free speaking:"be going to" Example: T : I'm going to accept their invitation. Ex: S1: I'm going to buy a new bicycle. S2: I'm going to dean the house. ……………………….. Vocabulary: - (to) raise fund (translation) - a bank (visual) -natural resources: (example: coal; oil, iron.,. under the ground or the sea.) -recyling program (translation) -(to) register = (to) enroll - can (real) Checking the words. Rub out and remember. Questions: a. What do members of the Y &Y have to do in the recycling program ? b. What is the purpose of the recycling program? c.What other programs can members of the Y &Y participate in? GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 6.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(68)</span> T.ask sts to read the S.read the notice again and Answers: notice again and complete the letter. 1. community 7. earn complete the letter. S.check the answers with 2. recycling 8. participating T.ask sts to check the partners. 3. collect 9. planting answers with partners. S.read the completed letter. 4. send 10. helping T.call some sts to read S.take notes and copy this. 5. recycling the completed letter. 6. save T.ask sts to practice the S.practice the dialouge in While-writing dialouge in pairs pairs . T.call some pairs to S.read the dialouge. read the dialouge S.help Hoa to write the T.ask sts to help Hoa letter to her parents. to write the letter to her S.read the letter. parents. T.call some sts to read the letter. 4 / Consolidation T.ask sts to some questions. S.answer the questions. Questions: 1)How many parts are there in a letter ? 2)What are they? 5/ .Homework: -Learn by heart the words and write a letter to your friend about summer activities. -Prepare new lesson : LANGUAGE FOCUS. VI.Draw experience: ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 13 Preparing date: 28/10/2012 Period : 39 Teaching date: 2/11/2012. UNIT 6: THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB Lesson6 :Language Focus I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use Simple Prersent Tense to talk about future activities, gerunds and modals. II.Language focus: 1.Grammar: Present Tense with future meaning , gerunds and modals. 2.Vocabulary:(none) III.Teaching aids: Text book, card boards, chalks. IV.Teaching steps: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 6.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(69)</span> 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up : call 2 sts to read the letter which they do at home and write the words. 3.New lesson: LANGUAGE FOCUS. Teacher’s activities T.introduce the dialogue . T.ask sts to read the information in exercise 1 and complete the dialouge. T.call some pairs to read the dialouge. T.listen to and correct them. T.ask some students to play the roles of Mai and Lan to practice the dialogue basing on the information in the box. T.call some pairs to read the dialouges. T.listen ans correct them.. students’activities S.listen to the teacher.. T.ask sts to look the table and read 1 time T.explain new words. T.ask sts to work in pairs, talking about Ba and Lan ‘s hobbies by using verbs in the boxes.. S.look the table and read 1 time.. T.ask sts some questions.. S.answer the questions.. T.ask sts to work in pairs ask and answer about yourselves. T.call some pairs to ask and answer the questions.. S.work in pairs ask and answer about yourselves. S.ask and answer the questions.. S.read the information in exercise 1 and complete the dialouge in pairs. S.read the dialouge. S.take notes.. Content Exercice 1 The scene Lan and Mai are members of the Y & Y organization. They are talking about the summer activities program.. S. practice the dialogue basing on the information in - (Simple Present Tense) the box. We use simple present tense to express an action that S.read the dialouges. happens in the future. S.take notes and copy this.. S.repeat and copy this. S.work in pairs, talking about Ba and Lan ‘s hobbies by using verbs in the boxes.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Exercise 2 - dislike = don’t like - hate = dislike a lot Notes: - love - like - dislike + - hate V +ing ’ - don t like Ex: I like eating chicken. Questions: *What does Ba like ? *What does Ba dislike ? *What does Lan like ? *What does Lan dislike ? EX: S1: Do you like playing soccer ? S2: No . I hate it . What about you ? S1: Yes . I love playing soccer .. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 6.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(70)</span> T.ask sts to give some structures about asking for and responding to favor. T.ask sts to complete the dialouges in pairs. T.call some pairs to practice the dialouge. T.ask sts to work in pairs , complete the dialouge T.call some pairs to paractice the completed dialouge. T.ask sts to give some sentences using the gerunds and favor.. S.give some structures about Exercise 3 asking for and responding to EX: favor. I need a favor . Could you help me please? S.complete the dialouges in ………………………… pairs. Answers: S.practice the dialouge. A: buy a ticket for me B: take me across the road S.paractice the completed C: help me with this math dialouge. problem D: water the flowers in the garden S.give some sentences using Consolidation. the gerunds and favor. Favor: - Could you give me a books? …………………………... Hi. Ap. Low Ap.. Co. Kno. V.Homework: -Rewrite the answers in your notebooks and give 4 sentences using gerung and favor. -Prepare new lesson. REVIEW OF THE TEST 2 VI.Drawing experience : ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. ........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................. Week: 14 Preparing date: 03/11/2012 Period : 40 Teaching date:………………. KIỂM TRA LẦN 2 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013 MÔN TIẾNG ANH 8 I Objectieves: To check students’ knowlegde from Unit 4 to Unit 6 of Enghlish 8. *Grammar: Simple present, simple past, reported speech, used to, model verbs. *Vocabulary : In topics (words to talk about study habbits, schoollife, future plans) *Writing : Complete the sentences. *Reading : Read the text and answer the questions II. Type of Examination: Progress Test III. MATRIX Name of Examination: The second test For Grade 8 Part/ Section/ Q. levels Text types/ Q. no. Materials/ Language sub-skills Q. Types Situations Part 1 , 3 GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 7.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(71)</span> VOCABULARY Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Total of Q.:8 Total of Marks: 2 Part 2 GRAMMAR Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12 Total of Q.:8 Total of Marks: 2 Part 4: GRAMMAR Q17 Q18 Q19 Q20 Total of Q.:4 Total of Marks: 1. X X X X X X X X 4 1. Diffirent stress. Pick – out. - advs / adjs. Diffirent group. Filling. Prep Advice Reported speech Habit in the past reason Adv Simple past Gerund. In should request used to in order to hard regular verb enjoy. Multiple choice. Present simple Model verb Simple past A past habbit. regular verb should Negative form Used to. REPORTED SPEECH. REQUEST AND ADVICE. 4 1. X X X X X X X X 4 1. STRESS. 4 1 X X X X. Put the correct verbs. 4 1. Part 5: WRITING Q21 Q22 Q23 Q24. X X X X. Total of Q.:4 Total of Marks: 2. 4 2. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Rewrite the sentences. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 7.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(72)</span> Part6 READING Q25 Q26 Q27 Q28 Total of Q:4 Total of Marks: 1 Part7 READING Q29 Q30 Q31 Q32 Total of Q: Total of Marks Total of Q: Total of Marks:. X X X X 4 1. Hobby Request Study habbit offer. V-ing Respond Answer answer. X X X X 4 2. A letter. Recycling program. Matching. Answer the questions. 8 20 4 2,0 6,0 2,0. I/ Odd one out (1m) 1 A. escape B. unite C. wisdom D. appear 2.A. comment B. upset C. habit D. cruel 3.A. orphanage B. magically C. festival D. recycle 4.A. my B. sky C. cry D. lovely II/ choose the most suitable words or phrase(2ms) 5. Mozart was born in Salzburg _________1756. A. in B. on C. at D. of 6. John said “ You should ………… a doctor”. A- seeing B- saw C- to see D-see 7. Mai asked Ba …………… for her outside her classroom. A- wait B- to wait C- waiting D- waits 8. When my father was young, he used………….fishing on Sundays. A- go B- went C- to go D-going 9. I need some money………………..buy a new dictionary. A- So that B- for C- when D-in order to 10. He works……………at school to get good marks . A- hard B- hardly C- badly D- good 11. Yesterday, I...........................a letter from my friend. A. receive B. to receive C. received D. receives 12 she doesn’t enjoy…………………piano. A- play B- plays C- played D playing III/ Fill in the blank:( 1m ) 13. My mother cycles_______.She is a ________ cyclist . (slow/ slowly) 14. Ba’s sister swims ________She is a ________ swimmer. (quick/ quickly) GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 7.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(73)</span> 15. Mr Hai drives __________ He is a _________driver . (careful/ carefully) 16. Ha plays table tennis ________ She is a ________ player. (skillful/ skillfully) IV/ complete the sentence using the correct form of the verb(1m) 17.Mr Hung (work)………………..hard everyday. 18.She should (go)……………to school on time. 19.Nam (not do)………………..his homework yesterday. 10.He didn’t use to ( go )………………….to the movie last year. V/ Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning(2ms) 21. She said to me “Can you give me a pencil?”. ->…………………………………………………………. 22. I said to her “You should go to the dentist.” ->…………………………………………………………… 23. The dentist said to me, “You shouldn’t eat too much sugar.” ->……………………………………………………………………………………… 24. Lan’father said to her “ Please go home a lone.” >................................................................................................................................. VI/ Matching the column A with column B ( 1m). A B 25.What are your hobbies? 1A. No problem 26.Could you do me a favor? 2B. Yes. That’s very kind of you. 27.What do you do to improve your English? 3C. Drawing and acting. 28.May I help you? 4D. I read English stories. VII/ Read the passage below and answer the questions below (2ms) Lan is excited about the interesting activities she is going to do.The Y & Y is having a plan to help the community. She will participate in its recycling programs. In joining this program, she will collect glass, used paper and empty cans. Then she will send them for recycling. 0She hopes she can save natural resources and raise some money for her school Y &Y in these activities. She also thinks about participating in either planting trees and flowers or helping the. street children It is really interesting, isn’t it? Questions 1. Is Lan going to have interesting activities? …………………………………………………………………………………… 2. What will she do? …………………………………………………………………………………… 3. What will she send for recycling? …………………………………………………………………………………… 4. What does she hope in these activities? …………………………………………………………………………………… Week: 14 Period : 41. Preparing date: 03/11/2012 Teaching date: 07/11/2012. UNIT 7: MY NEIGHBOR HOOD Lesson 1: Getting started and Listen and read I.Aim: Helping students to know about the places in their neighborhood. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 7.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(74)</span> II.Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know more about Na's new neighbor. III.Language focus: 1. Grammar:present perfect tense. 2. Vocabulary: close by , serve, pancake , tasty IV.Teaching aids: Text book, chalks, pictures and stereo. V.Teaching steps: 1. Taking attendance. 2. Checking up (none) 3. New lesson: Getting Started and Listen and Read Teacher’s activities students’activities Content T.ask students to match the S.match the names of GETTING STARTED names of places with the places with the suitable suitable pictures. pictures. T.call some sts to match S.match the names. Answers: the names. S.give the meanings. a. grocery store T.ask for their meanings to b. stadium : make sure students know c. wet market exactly what they mean. d. drug store e. hairdresser 's f. swimming pool LISTEN AND READ T.explain the words. S.repeat and copy down. Pre-reading Vocabulary : - close by (adv) - (to) serve: - a pancake (translation) - tasty (adj) (what means the same as T.check the words. S..check the words. "delicious"?) checking vocabulary: What and where. T.explain the structure . S.copy this.. T.take the tape 2 times. T.ask sts to practice the dialouge in pairs. T.call some pairs to read. S.listen to the tape. S.practice the dialouge in pairs. S.read the dialouge.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Structure: Present perfect tense: Ex:We have been here since last week. While reading a. How long has Nam lived in that neighborhood? b. Where does Na want to go? GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 7.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(75)</span> the dialouge. T.listen and check their pronunciation. T.ask st to work in pairs ask and answer the questions. T.call some pairs to ask and asnwer the questions T.ask sts to complete the sentences. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners T.call some sts to give the answers. T.correct them.. S.take notes. S.work in pairs ask and answer the questions.. Answers: a. He has lived there for 10 years. b. Na wants to go a restaurant.. S.ask and asnwer the questions. S.complete the sentences. S.check the answers with partners. S.give the answers. S.take notes and copy this.. T.ask sts some questions in pairs . S.answer the questions in pairs.. T:ask sts to ask and answer S:ask and answer the the questions in pairs questions in pairs .. Answers: a. Na is new to the neighborhood. b. She and her family arrived last week. c. Na's mother is very tired. d. There is a restaurant in the area. e. The restaurant serves food from Hue. f. Nam thinks the pancakes are tasty. Answers: a. Nam has lived here for 10 years b. Yes. Her mother is too tired to cook c. The restaurant serves Hue food d. Hue food is very good. Consolidation Questions : 1. where did you go in last summer ? 2. what did you do there ? 3. which places did you visit ? 4.which food did you eatthere. 5.Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson. SPEAK VI.Drawing experience: ....................................................................................................................................... Week: 14 Preparing date: 03/11/2012 Period : 42 Teaching date: 08/11/2012 UNIT 7: MY NEIGHBORHOOD Lesson 2: Speak I I.Aim: Speaking about how to send a parcel or a letter . II.Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to talk about how to send parcels or letters . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 7.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(76)</span> III.Language focus: 1.Grammar: old structures. 2.Vocabulary:parcel, airmail, surface mail, charge , exhibition . : IV.Teaching aids: Text book. Picture, chalks, stereo, card board. V.Teaching steps: 1. Taking attendance. 2. Checking up :call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words. 3. New lesson: Speak Teacher’s activities. students’activities. T.show a letter and ask students some questions.. S.answer the questions.. T.explain new words. T.check the words. S.repeat and copy this. S.check the words.. T.set the scene. T.read the dialouge 1 time. T.ask sts to practice the dialouge in pairs. T.call some pairs to read the dialouge. T.asks sts some questions. T.ask sts to read the information in the box and make similar dialouge basing on the information in the box T.call some pairs to practice the dialouge. VI.Drawing experience:. S.listen to the teacher. S.listen to the dialouge. S.practice the dialouge in pairs. S.read the dialouge. S.answer the questions.. Content Warm up Questions :  What is this?  Where can I post it?  How can I post it?  How much is it?  Is it more expensive when I send a parcel?  Have you ever sent a letter or a parcel? Vocabulary: - airmail - surface mail - charge (translation) - exhibition (translation) Checking vocabulary: Rub out and remember The scene: Mrs. Kim wants to send a parcel to Qui Nhon, so she has to go to the post office. Questions: a. Does Mrs. Kim send surface mail? Why? b. What's the weight of her parcel? c. How much does she pay?. S.read the information in the box and make similar dialouge in pairs basing on the information in the box. S.read the dialouge.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 7.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(77)</span> ................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... Week: 15 Preparing date: 10/11/2012 Period : 43 Teaching date: 13/11/2012 UNIT 7: MY NEIGHBORHOOD Lesson 2: Listen I.Aim: Speaking about how to send a parcel or a letter and Listening for specific information. II.Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to listen for specific information III.Language focus: 1.Grammar: old structures. 2.Vocabulary: charge , exhibition . : IV.Teaching aids: Text book. Picture, chalks, stereo, card board. V.Teaching steps: 1. Taking attendance. 2. Checking up :call 2 sts to make the dialouge and write the words. 3. New lesson: Listen Teacher s’activities students’activities Content T.ask students to look at 4 S.look at 4 advertisements Pre-listening advertisements of “what’s of “what’s on this week?” Advertisements : on this week?” and get and get students to guess students to guess what is in what is in the blanks the blanks T.set the scene. S.listen to the teacher. While-listening T.ask students to lisien to S.lisien to the tape and fill in The scene: the tape and fill in the the blanks in each "Na is new in the blanks in each advertisement. neighborhood. She is talking advertisement. S.check the answers with to Nam about what she 's T.ask sts to check the partners. going to do on the weekend". answers with partners. S.to give the answers. Answers: T.call some sts to give the a. The new comer answers b. Town Ground T.take the tape again and S.take notes and copy this. c. English speaking Contest correct them. d. Culture House Questions: S.answer the questions. a. Does Na like movies? T.ask sts some questions. b. Why won't she go to see the film "The New comer"? c. Why won't Na go to the GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 7.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(78)</span> T.ask sts to listen to the tape again and check the statements T or F or No information. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners. T.take the tape again and correct them. T.ask students to work in groups to talk to their friends about what Na is .going to do this weekend.. S.listen to the tape again and check the statements T or F or No information. S.check the answers with partners. S.take notes and copy this.. photo exhibition? d. Who will Na go to the soccer match with? e. What time does the match start? Post-listening. S.work in groups to talk to their friends about what Na is .going to do this weekend.. Consolidation:. Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the dialouge in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson:READ VI.Drawing experience: ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................... Week: 15 Period : 44. Preparing date: 10/11/2012 Teaching date:14/11/2012 UNIT 7: MY NEIGHBORHOOD Lesson 3: Read. I.Aim: Reading for details about Tran Phu Shopping Mall. II.Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to understand the passage about a new shopping. Mall. III.Language focus: 1.Grammar:the present perfect tense. 2.Vocabulary: mall, customer, wider selection of products,price, concern, discount, resident, comfort. IV.Teaching aids: Text book. Chalk, board . V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up:call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 7.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(79)</span> 3.New lesson. READ. Teacher’s activities T.give the definitions and get students to find out the words as quickly as possible.. T.explain the words.. T.checking the words. T.set the scene. In Nam's neighborhood, there is a new shopping mall and ask sts to think about the convenience of the mall.. T.get them to read the text again and decide which statements are true, which are false T.ask sts to check the answers with partners. T.call some sts to give the answers. T.correct them T.ask sts to correct the false. students’ activities S.find out the words as quickly as possible.. content Warm up Guessing the words 1. A place where you can buy everything. 2. A place where you can buyvegetables and fruit. 3. A place where you can buy books. 4. A place where you can come to eat. 5. A place where you can come to see the movies 6. A person who comes to the store and buys something. S.repeat and copy this. Vocabulary : - a roof (picture) - convenient (translation) - a selection - Available (translation) - A mall - A resident (translation) - discount (translation) Checking words: slap on the boar S.checking the words. Brainstorming: customers don't care of shop in comfort weather S.think about the possible answers: convenience of the mall. - wide selection of goods. - Lower prices - Buy many things at the same time - Have fun or relax while shopping. While-reading S.read the text again and Answers: decide which statements Correcting the false statements: are true, which are false. a. The mall is open daily. S.check the answers with b. There are 50 stores in the mall. partners. c. Not everyone is pleased. The S.give the answers. owner of the small stores on S.take notes and copy this. Tran Phu Street are not happy. S.correct the false statements. Answers:. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 7.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(80)</span> statements S.work in pairs to answer T.Ask students to work in the questions in the pairs to answer the exercise 2 on page 68. questions in the exercise 2 S.ask and answer the on page 68. questions. T.call some pairs to ask and S.write the answers on the answer the questions Post-reading board and copy this. T.ask sts to write the Situation: answers on the board and "Do you want to have a new mall S .discuss in groups of 4 correct them. in your neighborhood? If there is S.talk about them . T.ask sts to discuss it. one, what will happen to the T.call some sts to talk about residents?" them . Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson : WRITE VI.Drawing experience: ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………… Week: 15 Preparing date: 10/11/2012 Period :45 Teaching date:15/11/2012 SỬA BÀI KIỂM TRA I Objectieves: To check students’ knowlegde from Unit 4 to Unit 6 of Enghlish 8. *Grammar: Simple present, simple past, reported speech, used to, model verbs. *Vocabulary : In topics (words to talk about study habbits, schoollife, future plans) *Writing : Complete the sentences. *Reading : Read the text and answer the questions. I.Odd one out: (1m) 1.C. 2.B. 3.D. 4.D. II. CHOOSE THE MOST SUITABLE WORD OR PHRASE (2ms) 1. A. 5. D. 2. D. 6. A. 3. B. 7. C. 4. C. 8. D. III.Fill in the blanks : (1m) GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 8.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(81)</span> 1. slowly…………..slow 2. quickly………… quick 3. carefully…………carefull 4. skillfully………….skillfull IV. Complete the sentences : (1m) 1. works 2. go 3. didn’t do 4. go V. Rewrite the following sentences: (2ms) 1. She asked me to give her a pen. 2. I said she should go to the dentist. 3. The dentist said I should’t eat too much sugar. 4. Lan’father asked her to go home alone. VI. Matching: (1m) 1.C. 2.A. 3. D. 4. B. VII. Read the passage and answer:(2ms) 1. Yes, she is. 2. she will participate in it recycling progams. 3. She will send class, used paper and cans for recycling. 4. She hopes she can save natural resourses and raise some money for her school activities Drawing experience: ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………… Week: 16 Preparing date: 17/11/2012 Period : 46 Teaching date: 21/11/2012. UNIT 7: MY NEIGHBORHOOD Lesson 5: Write GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 8.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(82)</span> I.Aim: Helping students to write a notice II.Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a notice III.Language focus : 1.Grammar (none) 2.Vocabulary: effect, hardware store, contact, hold, contest, celebrate . IV.Teaching aids: Text book, card boards, chalks . V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up : call 2 sts to write the words. 3.New lesson .WRITE. Teacher’ activities T.ask sts some questions. students’ activities S.answer the questions.. T.explain the words.. S.repeat and copy down .. T.checking the words.. S.checking the words.. T.set the scene and ask sts to read the notice 1 time. T.call 2 sts to read the notice. T.ask sts some questions.. S.read the notice 1 time. S.read the notice .. S.answer the questions.. T.ask sts to read the passage 2 on page 68. T.call 2 sts to read the passage . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. content Warm up 1. What do you remember about the shopping mall ? 2. Besides its positive effects, does it bring about any negative ones ? 3. What are they ? New words. - effect (translation) - hardware store - contact (meet somebody to get information) - hold (make a test or a party - celebrate (translation) - contest (examination) Checking the words: Rub out and remember . The scene: “The residents and store owners on Tran Phu Street are going to hold a meeting to discuss the effects of the new mall”. Questions: a. Why are the residents and store owners on Tran Phu Street going to hold a meeting? b. When will they hold a meeting? What time? c. Where will they hold the metting? GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 8.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(83)</span> T.ask sts some questions T.ask sts to work in pairs and write the notice for the passage. T.call 3 sts to write the notice on the board. S.write the notice on the board. T.correct them. T.ask sts to work in groups of 6 and write the notice about your class meeting . T.call some sts to hang the notice on the board . S.hang the notice on the board . T.correct them. T.ask sts to give the way to write the notice. S.read the passage 2 on page 68. S.read the passage . S.answer the questions. S.work in pairs and write the notice for the passage. S.take notes and copy this.. While-writing Questions: a. What is the English Speaking Club going to hold? b. Where and when will it be held? c.What time? d. Who is the person to contact? The notice:. S.write the notice about your class meeting . S.take notes and copy this.. Consolidation. S.give the way to write the notice.. Notice: - A group or people. - Activities of the group or people. - Date - Time - Place - Contact to whom.. VI.Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the notice in your notebooks. -Prepare new lesson : LANGUAGE FOCUS VII.Drawing experience ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………… Week: 16 Preparing date: 17/11/2012 Period : 47 Teaching date: 22/11/2012. UNIT 7 : MY NEIGHBORHOOD Lesson 6: Language Focus I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use Present Perfect Tense. II.Language focus : 1.Grammar : present perfect and comparision . 2.Vocabulary : (none) III.Teaching aids: Text book, card boards, chalks, pictures . IV.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to read the notice and write the words. 3.New lesson : LANGUAGE FOCUS . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 8.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(84)</span> Teacher’ activities T.stick a poster of infinitives and Past Participles on the board call 3 sts to match them. T.ask sts to repeat after the teacher. T.give 2 examples and ask sts to give the usage of for and since . T.ask sts to complete the expressions T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . T.call some sts to give the feedbacks T.correct them. T.reads out a phrase, students add Since or For. T.set the scene and ask dialouge. T.ask students to repeat the dialogue and ask some students to practice in pairs.. students’ activities. content Warm up Matching: Eg.: be – been. S.match them.. S.repeat after the teacher. S.give the usage of for and since . S.complete the expression . S.check the answers with partners . S.give the feedbacks on the boards. S.take notes and copy this. S.students add Since or For sts to complete the. S.listen to the teacher and complete the dialouge between Nam and Na . S.practice in pairs.. S.take notes and copy this. T.explain the structure.. T.ask sts to do exercise 3 by using the Present Perfect Tense . T.ask sts to check the answers with partners. T.call some sts to write the answers on the board. T.correct them .. S.do exercise 3 by using the Present Perfect Tense . S.check the answers with partners. S.write the answers on the board. S.take notes and copy this.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Exercise 1. For and Since: Ex: For five months since Tuesday For : a period of time (khoảng) Since : a point of time (từ ) Answers: For five minutes for three hours Since January for ten weeks Since1990 since Friday Since the summer for 20 years Exercise 2 The scene: Na is new in Nam'neighborhood. They are talking to each other. Answers: (1) have (3) have (5)have (2)live (4) lived •Form: have/has + past Participle(V3,ED) •EX: I have taught English for 3 years . Use: to talk about something which started in the past and continues up to the present. We often use "For" and "Since" with the Present Perfect Tense . Answers: a) I have lived here since last week . b) We have not eaten in that restaurant for two years . c) I have not seen her since. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 8.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(85)</span> yesterday . d) They have attended Quang Trung School since last year . e) My dad has worked for his company for 20 years . f) Ba has collected stamps since 1995 . Exercise 3. Answers: (1) have been (2) hope (3) have...lived (4) is (5) want (6) look. T.ask sts to work in pairs and complete the coversation. Use the correct form of the verbsin the box. T.call some pairs to read the completed dialouge T.listen to and correct them. T.ask sts to practice the dialouge in pairs. T.call some pairs to practice the dialouge.. S.work in pairs and complete the coversation. Use the correct form of the verbsin the box. S.read the completed dialouge . S.take notes and copy down . S.practice the dialouge in pairs. S.practice the dialouge.. T.stick the pictures on the board and ask sts to compare them. T.ask sts to give the meanings of the words in the box. T.ask sts to do exercise 5 . T.call some sts to read the answers. T.ask sts to write the answers on the board. T.correct them.. S.compare them.(by Vnese) S. give the meanings of the words in the box. S.do exercise 5. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners. S.check the answers with partners. S.read the answers . S.write the answers on the board . S.take notes and copy this.. Exercise 4 Meaning: Different khác Expensive mắc Cheap rẻ Modern thời trang Long dài Same giống Large rộng Answers: a) The magazine is not as large as the newspaper b) Lipton tea is different from Dilmah tea . c) The red dictionary is not so cheap as the blue dictionary. d) The bag on the left is the same as the bag on the right. e) The toy cat is as expensive as the toy dog . Consolidation. T.ask sts to give 2 S.give 2 sentences using sentences using the present the present perfect tense perfect tense . V.Homework: - Rewrite the answers in your notebooks . - Prepare new lesson :Unit 8 Getting Started and Listen and Read . VI.Drawing experience: ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 8.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(86)</span> ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………… Week: 16 Preparing date: 17/11/2012 Period : 48 Teaching date: 25/11/2012 UNIT 8: COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE Lesson 1:Getting started and Listen and Read I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to talk about the city life and the country life. II.Language focus: 1.Grammar : not only ………but also 2.Vocabulary : relative, peaceful, permanently, accessible, facility, entertainment, change III.Teaching aids: Text book. chalks, pictures, tape . IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance. 2.Checking up (none) 3.New lesson :GETTING STARTED and LISTEN AND READ. Teacher’ activities T.ask sts to play game.. students’ activities S.play game “networks”. content Warm up Networks: City life. T.explain the new words.. T.checking the words.. T.explain the structure .. T.ask sts to listen to the tape 2 times. T.ask sts to practice the dialouge in pairs. T.call some pairs to read the. Country life. Pre-listening S.repeat and copy this.. New words: - a relative (uncles, aunts, cousins) - peaceful (the synonym of quiet and calm). - permanently (adv.) (explanation: its S.checking the words. means existing all the time) - Accessible (translation) - Medical facilities (translation) -entertainment(synonym: relaxation) - change (translation) Checking vocabulary : Rub out and remember. S.take notes and copy this. Structure: Not only……………but also(không những mà còn ) Ex:TV is bringing not only information but alsoentertainment S.listen to the tape 2 times. While –reading S.practice the dialouge in pairs. Answers: S.read the dialouge . a. Na has been to Kim Lien Village. S.take notes. b. She was there for the weekend.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 8.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(87)</span> dialouge . T.listen to and check their pronunciation. T.ask sts to read the dialouge again and practice asking and answering the questions in pairs. T.call some pairs to ask and answer the question. T.call some sts to give the answers on the board. T.correct them. T.ask sts to work in group to answer the questions. T.call some sts to answer .. c. To her, the countryside is peaceful S.read the dialouge again and quiet and there is nothing to do. and practice asking and d. There is no libraries, no movies, no answering the questions in supermarkets, no zoos... pairs. e. Country life is becoming better. S.ask and answer the Many remote area are getting question. electricity. People can now have S.give the answers on the things like refrigerators and TV, board. medical facilities are more accessible. S.take notes and copy this. S.work in group to answer the questions. S.answer the questions about you .. Consolidation Questions: Do you prefer the dty or the country life? Why?. VI.Homework: - Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks. - Prepare new lesson : SPEAK - VII.Drawing experience: …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… Week: 17 Preparing date: 22/11/2012 Period : 49 Teaching date: 27/11/2012 UNIT 8: COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE Lesson 2: SPEAK I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to complete the dialogue by speaking about the comparisons. II.Language focus: 1.Grammar: comparisons 2.Vocabulary: (none) III.Teaching aids: Text bookS, cards , chalks, pictures . IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words 3.New lesson :SPEAK and LISTEN. Teacher’s activities T.stick the picture on the board and ask sts to work in pairs and describe the picture .. students’ activities Warm up S.work in pairs and describe the picture .. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. content Describing the picture: Ex: there are many tall building in the town .. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 8.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(88)</span> T.stick 2 pictures on the board and ask sts work in group to discuss about them. T.call some sts to tell about them. T.ask sts to read the adjectives on the box and give their meaning .. S.work in group to discuss about them. S.tell about them. S.read the adjectives on the box and give their meaning . S.take notes and copy this.. T.explain the structure .. S.work in pairs to talk about the changes of the town. T.ask sts to work in pairs to S.go to the board and talk talk about the changes of the about them. town. S.take notes and copy this. T.call some pairs to go to the board and talk about them. S.practice speaking with T.listen to and correct them. partner about our countryside life now . T.ask sts to practice speaking with partner about our countryside life now. SPEAK Pre-speaking Picture 1 Small houses Bicycles Narrow roads Old closes quiet Structure: Be +getting/becoming+short adjectives + er Or more + long adjectives Meaning: ngày càng trở nên Ex: Town/ busy. ->The town is becoming busier While-speaking a. goods/expensive -> The goods are becoming more expensive . b.town/beautiful -> The town is becoming more beautiful. c.streets/large d.houses/tall ……………. Post -speaking Ex: countryside life is changing better . ……………………………… ……………………………… ……………………….. V.Homework: - Rewrite the answers in your notebooks and write 4 sentences using comparison. - Prepare new lesson: LISTEN VI. Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 8.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(89)</span> Week: 17 Period : 50. Preparing date: 22/11/2012 Teaching date: 28/11/2012 UNIT 8: COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE Lesson 2: LISTEN. I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to complete the dialogue by listening about the comparisons. II.Language focus: 1.Grammar: comparisons 2.Vocabulary: (none) III.Teaching aids: Text bookS, cards , chalks, pictures . IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words 3.New lesson :SPEAK and LISTEN. Teacher’s activities T.stick the picture on the board and ask some questions . T.introduce the scene . T.ask sts sts to read the. students’ activities S.answer the questions. S.listen to the teacher . S.read the dialouge 1 time and predict the missing. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. content LISTEN Pre-listening Questions: 1. What are they doing ?. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 8.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(90)</span> dialouge 1 time and predict the words. missing words. S.tell their predictions. T.call some sts to tell their predictions. T.ask sts to listen to the tape 2 times and fill in the missing words . T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . T.ask sts to read the dialouge in pairs. T.take the tape again and correct them.. T.ask sts to work in pairs and practice the dialouge in pairs. T.call 2 pairs to practice the dialouge. T.ask sts to close the books and summerize the dialouge. S.listen to the tape 2 times and fill in the missing words . S.check the answers with partners . S.read the dialouge in pairs. S.take notes and copy this.. S.practice the dialouge in pairs. S.practice the dialouge.. 2. Can you guess what they are talking about ? The scene: Aunt Hang is talking to Lan on the phone. She is coming to visit Lan in Hanoi. While-listening Tape transcript: Lan: Hello. Aunt Hang: Hello. Is that Lan? Lan: Yes. Who is this? Aunt Hang: It's Aunt Hang. How are you? Lan: I'm fine. Where are you phoning from? Aunt Hang: Hue. I'm calling to tell you uncle Chi and I are coming to visit you next week. Lan: Great! When are you arriving? Aunt Hang: On Thursday. We're arriving in Hanoi in the late afternoon. Lan: OK. Do you want to speak to my Mom? Aunt Hang: Yes, please. Lan: Hold on a moment and I'll get her. Post-listening. S.close the books and summerize the dialouge . V.Homework: - Rewrite the answers in your notebooks and write 4 sentences using comparison. - Prepare new lesson: LANGUAGE FOCUS VI. Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………… Week: 17 Period : 51. Preparing date: 22/11/2012 Teaching date: 29/12/2012. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 9.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(91)</span> UNIT 8: COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE Lesson 6: Language Focus I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use comparative and superlative adjectives. II.Language focus : 1.Grammar :progressive tense , comparative and superlative adjectives . 2.Vocabulary (none) III.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, card board … IV.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : (none) 3.New lesson : LANGUAGE FOCUS. Teachers’ activities T.ask sts to play game . T.read the dialouges a and b 1 time. T.ask sts to work in pairs and practice the dialouge a and b . T.call some pairs to practice the dialouges . T.check their pronunciation . T.ask sts to read the shippingin formation and practice in pairs making similar dialouges . T.call some pairs to practice the dialouges . T.listen to and correct them .. students’ activities Warm up S.play game brainstorming. content * Brainstorming:. S.listen to the teacher . S.work in pairs and practice the dialouges a and b . S.practice the dialouges in front the class . S.take notes . S.read the shippingin formation and practice in pairs making similar dialouges . S.practice the dialouges . S.take notes and copy this.. Similar dialouges : Hung: Is the boat to Qui Nhon leaving at 11.30? Clerk: Are you talking about the Good Fortune ? Hung: That is right . Clerk: I am very sory . It is has been delayed . Hung: What time is it leaving exactly . Clerk: It is leaving at 11. 5. short adjectives Long adjectives Exercise 1. S.work in pairs and complete the dialouges . S.practice the dialouges. S.take notes and copy this . S.take notes and copy this .. Exercise 2 Answers : T.ask sts to work in pairs a) I am playing and complete the b) (1) are doing T.call some pairs to practice c) (2) am watching the dialouges. d) (3) going to T.listen to and correct them e) (4) are cleaning T.explain the structure . S.complete the sentences and use the verbs in present f) (5) am having progressive and ajectives in Structure: present progressive tense . Form: be + V +ing T.ask sts to complete the the boxes. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 9.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(92)</span> sentences and use the verbs in present progressive and ajectives in the boxes. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . T.call ome sts to give the answers . T.listen to and correct them.. S.check the answers with partners . S.give the answers . S.take notes and copy this .. T.explain the structure .. S.take notes and copy this . S.do exercise 4 . S.check the comparisons with partners . S.give the answers. S.take notes and copy this .. T.ask sts to do exercise 4 T.ask sts to check the comparisons with partners . T.call some sts to give the answers . T.listen to and correct them.. T.ask sts to read the advertisrments 1 time . S.read the advertisrments 1 time . T.ask sts some questions T.expain the structure . T.ask sts to do exercise 5 T.call some sts to give the answers . T.listen to and correct them.. S.answer the questions .. S.take notes and copy this . S.do exercise 5 S.check the comparisons with partners . S.give the answers. S.take notes and copy this .. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Exercise 3. Example: -The boys are getting taller . Answers: b) The old men are getting weak. c) We should go home . It is getting dark . d) The weather is becoming cold . e) The students are getting better . f) The school yard is becoming cleaner Exercise 4 Comparative: Short adjective - ER + than + object More long adjective + than + object Ex: a.The air in the country is fresher than in the city. b.The medical facilities in the city are more accessible than in the country. Answers: a. The food in the city is more expensive than in the country. b. The school in the city is bigger than in the country. c. Electricity in the city is better than in the country. Exercise 5 1. What are advertised? 2. How old are they? 3. How much do we pay per month? Superlative: The + short adjective - EST The MOST + long adjective  Irregular adjectives: Answers: a. The villa is older than the apartment. b. The house is more expensive than the apartment. c. The villa is bigger than the apartment. d. The apartment is smaller than the villa. e. The apartment is hotter than the house. f. The house is the biggest. g. The villa is the most beautiful. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 9.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(93)</span> h. The-apartment is older than the house. *Homework : - Rewrite the answers in your notebooks and write 5 examples using the comparison - Prepare new lesson : REVIEW OF THE EXAMINATION 1 *Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………… Week: 18 Period : 52. Preparing date: 29/11/2012 Teaching date: 04/12/2012 REVIEW FOR THE FIRST EXAMINATION. I.Aim: Further Practice the tenses . II.Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use the tenses . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :present progressive , present simple, future simple, present perfect . 2.Vocabulary (none) IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, card board … V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : (none) 3.New lesson : REVIEW OF THE EXAMINATION 1. Teacher’sactivities T.ask sts to do exercise on the board. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . T.call some sts to give the answers . T.correct them .. students’ activities S.do exercise on the board . S.check the answers with partners . S.give the answers . S.take notes and copy this .. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. content Exercise 1 Present simple tense . Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets 1. She often (have) …………………………bread and milk of breakfast . 2. He (practice) ……………………………the piano every day . 3. Ba and Hoa (play) ……………………tennis every morning . 4. When ……………you (have) ……….chemistry ?. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 9.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(94)</span> S.take notes and copy this . T.explain the form of the structure. T.ask sts to do exercise on the board. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . T.call some sts to give the answers . T.correct them . T.explain the form of the structure.. T.ask sts to do exercise on the board. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . T.call some sts to give the answers . T.correct them . T.explain the form of the structure.. S.do exercise on the board . S.check the answers with partners . S.give the answers . S.take notes and copy this . S.take notes and copy this .. S.do exercise on the board . S.check the answers with partners . S.give the answers . S.take notes and copy this . S.take notes and copy this .. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. I have chemistry at 9. am . 5.Something (smell) ………… good. The form: They, you ,we , I + V (infinitive) She, he , it + V (s,es) Adverbs: somethimes, often, always, never, usually, every, seldom, Exercise 2 Present progressive tense. Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets 1. At present they (travel)……… in London. 2. They (wait ) …………… for Tom at the corner now . 3. Listen ! I think the telephone (ring)…………… 4. Peter (listen)…………to music now . 5. Mary (do)…………well in her studies . The form: I+ am + V +ing She ,he, it +is +V +ing They ,you , we +are +V +ing Adverbs: Now, at the moment, at present Exercise 3 Future simple tense: Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets 1. They (arrive) …………on Wednesday. 2. They (pay) ……………their bill next week. 3. She (meet) ……………us in the supermarket. 4. I (be) ……………back at three o’clock . 5. The stores (be) ………open untilsix o’clock . Form: Will + V (infinitive). GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 9.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(95)</span> T.ask sts to do exercise on the board. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . T.call some sts to give the answers . T.correct them .. S.do exercise on the board . S.check the answers with partners . S.give the answers . S.take notes and copy this .. S.take notes and copy this . T.explain the form of the structure. T.ask sts to do exercise on the board. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . T.call some sts to give the answers . T.correct them .. S.do exercise on the board . S.check the answers with partners . S.give the answers . S.take notes and copy this . T.explain the form of the structure. S.take notes and copy this .. Adverbs: Next, tomorrow … Exercise 4 Past simple tense: Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets 1. He (take) ………his vacation in march last year . 2. The plane (arrive) ……… half an hour late. 3. I (come) ………… to work on time yesterday . 4. We (go) ………to bed late last night . 5. He (have) ……a very good time at the picnic . Form: S +V (2, ed) Adverbs: Yesterday, ago, last …… Exercise 5 Present perfect tense: Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets 1. We (live) ………… here for ten years. 2. I (know)…………Tom for a long time . 3. She (have)…………a headache since she got up . 4. They (marry) …………… since 2002. 5. Ba (learn)…………English for six months. Form: Have + V (3,ed) Has Adverbs: Since, for, already, yet……. *Homework : - Rewrite the answers in your notebooks and write 5 examples using the tenses. - Prepare new lesson : REVIEW FOR THE EXAM *.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 9.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(96)</span> ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………… Week: 18 Preparing date: 29/12/2012 Period : 53 Teaching date: 05/12/2012 REVIEW FOR THE EXAMINATION (CONT) I.Aim: Further Practice the srtuctures . II.Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use the structures . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :modal verbs, reported speech, gerunds, prepositions . 2.Vocabulary (none) IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, card board … V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : (none) 3.New lesson : REVIEW OF THE EXAMINATION 2. Teacher’sactivities T.ask sts to do exercise on the board. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners T.call some sts to give the answers T.correct them T.explain the form of the structure.. students’ activities S.do exercise on the board . S.check the answers with partners . S.give the answers . S.take notes and copy this .. content Exercise 1. Modal verbs . Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets 1. You should (learn) ……… your teeth after every meal . 2. We have to(hurry) ………… S.take notes and copy We have not got much time . this . 3. I used to (live) …………in Tan Hiep 3 years ago . 4. Hoa is going to (visit) …… her parent next weekend. 5. I can (swim) ………… T.ask sts to do exercise on The form: the board. Modal verbs + V (infinitive) T.ask sts to check the S.do exercise on the board Exercise 2 answers with partners . . Reported speech. T.call some sts to give the S.check the answers with Rewrite the following sentences answers . partners . using reported speech . T.correct them . S.give the answers . 1. “you should change the way you S.take notes and copy learn English” this . Ba said Khanh …………… 2.“Please help me with this exercise.” Hoa asked Hang …………… 3. My brother said“you should say GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 9.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(97)</span> nothingabout it” My brother said ……… 4.He told me”try to come on time” He told me ……………… 5.Mr Tuan asked us “close your books .” Mr Tuan asked us …………… T.ask sts to do exercise on the board. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . T.call some sts to give the answers . T.correct them . T.explain the form of the structure.. S.do exercise on the board . S.check the answers with partners . S.give the answers . S.take notes and copy this . S.take notes and copy this .. Exercise 3. Gerunds : Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets 1. I like (watch) …………news every night . 2. Ba dislikes(eat) …… candy. 3. They enjoy (play ) ………… cards every day. 4. We hate (cook) …………… meals. 5. Hoa loves (sing) ………… karaoke every night. Form: Gerunds + V + ing Words: Hate, love, like, dislike, enjoy, ……… T.ask sts to do exercise on S.do exercise on the board Exercise 4 the board. . Prepositions: T.ask sts to check the S.check the answers with Fill in the blanks with in, at, on answers with partners . partners . 1. What do you usually do T.call some sts to give the S.give the answers . ………… the weekend. answers . S.take notes and copy this 2. I am leaving …………… T.correct them . S.take notes and copy Sunday. T.explain the form of the this . 3. Let me have a look ……… structure. those photographs 4. Let’s meet ……………… 7.30 tomorrow evening 5.My sister got married ……… May. Form: At +time On +date In +month , year … *Homework : - Rewrite the answers in your notebooks and write 5 examples using the structures. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 9.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(98)</span> - Prepare for THE EXAMINATION *Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………… Week: 18 Preparing date: 29/12/2012 Period : 54 Teaching date: ……………………… THE FIRST EXAMINATION. REVIEW FOR THE EXAMINATION (CONT) I.Aim: Further Practice the tenses . II.Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use the tenses . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar : past simple , present perfect tense and if clause . 2.Vocabulary (none) IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, card board … V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 9.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(99)</span> 2.Checking up : (none) 3.New lesson : REVIEW OF THE EXAMINATION 1. Teacher’ activities T.ask sts to do exercise on the board. T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . T.call some sts to give the answers . T.correct them . T.explain the form of the structure.. students’ activities S.do exercise on the board . S.check the answers with partners . S.give the answers . S.take notes and copy this .. content Exercise 1 Past simple tense . Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets 1. We (go)………………to the cinema last Sunday . 2. This morning, they(get) ……… up early . S.take notes and copy 3. I (read)………………two this . newspapers yesterday . 4. Last year, Hoa (buy) ……… a new car . 5. They (build) …………this temple about 50 years ago . 6. He (meet) …… his friends yesterday evening . The form: S + V(2,ed) Adverbs: Yesterday, last , ago, this … T.ask sts to do exercise on S.do exercise on the board Exercise 2 the board. . Present perfect tense: T.ask sts to check the S.check the answers with Give the correct form of the verbs answers with partners . partners . in the brackets T.call some sts to give the S.give the answers . 1.We (not/begin) ………… to answers . S.take notes and copy study for the test yet. T.correct them . this . 2. We (live) …………here for ten years. 3. I (know) ……………Tom for a long time . 4. She (have) …………a headache since she got up . T.explain the form of the S.take notes and copy 5. They (marry) …………since structure. this . 2002. 6. Ba (learn) …………English for six months. Form: Have + V (3,ed) Has Adverbs: Since, for, already, yet…… T.ask sts to do exercise on S.do exercise on the board Exercise 3 the board. . If clause : GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 9.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(100)</span> T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . T.call some sts to give the answers . T.correct them .. S.check the answers with partners . S.give the answers . S.take notes and copy this .. T.explain the form of the structure. S.take notes and copy this .. Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets 1.If you (turn) …………off the light, we will be in the dark. 2. If Ann studies hard , She (pass) …………… her test . 3. If Ba (not/come) ……soon, he can miss the bus . 4. If I have time tomorrow , I (go) ………shopping with you . 5. If I see Henry , I (give) …… him your message . 6. If you (save) ………your money, you will be able to go on a vacation . Form: If + S + V(s,es) , S + will +V (infinitive) Modal verbs. *.Homework : - Rewrite the answers in your notebooks and write 5 examples using the tenses and if clause . - Prepare new lesson : REVIEW FOR THE EXAMINATION *.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………. Week: 19 Date: From 12/12/2011 To 17/12/2011 THE FIRST EXAMINATION. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(101)</span> Week:18 REVIEW FOR THE EXAMINATION (CONT) Date:05/12/2010 Period :53 I.Aim: Further Practice the srtuctures . II.Objective: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use the structures . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :tag questions, reported speech, wish clause . 2.Vocabulary (none) IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, card board … V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : (none) 3.New lesson : REVIEW OF THE EXAMINATION 2. Teacher and students’ activities Exercise 1 T.ask sts to do exercise on the board. S.do exercise on the board . T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . S.check the answers with partners . T.call some sts to give the answers . S.give the answers . T.correct them . S.take notes and copy this .. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. content Tag questions: Complete the sentences with the correct tags . 1. They weren’t late for school yesterday,……..? 2. Let’s go to the beach, ……….? 3. Baird produced the first TV picture in 1926, ……………? 4. You have read this article on the website, ………? 5. You had steak with chips and a salad, ……………? 6. When the teacher speaks, we have to keep quite, …………………? Answers: 1. were they 2. don’t we 3. didn’t he 4. haven’t you 5. didn’t you 6. don’t we GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(102)</span> Exercise 2 T.ask sts to do exercise on the board. S.do exercise on the board . T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . S.check the answers with partners . T.call some sts to give the answers . S.give the answers . T.correct them . S.take notes and copy this .. Reported speech. Rewrite the following sentences using reported speech . 1. “you should change the way you learn English” Ba said Khanh…………………………………… 2.”please help me with this exercise.” Hoa asked Hang…………………………………… 3. “I live in Ho Chi Minh city “ Ba said that ………………………………… 4.He told me”try to come on time” He told me ……………………………………… 5.”What is your name ?” She asked me ……………………………………………… 6. “Do you like watching sports ?” I asked Bao ……………………………………… Answers: 1. Ba said Khanh should change the way you learn English . 2.Hoa asked Hang to help her with this exercise. 3. Ba said that he lived in Ho Chi Minh city . 4.He told me to try to come on time . 5.She asked me what my name was . 6.I asked Bao if he liked watching sports.. Exercise 3 T.ask sts to do exercise on the board. S.do exercise on the board . T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . S.check the answers with partners . T.call some sts to give the answers . S.give the answers . T.correct them . S.take notes and copy this .. Wish clause : Rewrite the following sentences using“ wish clause 1. I don’t have any stamps . I wish ………………………………………… 2. Ann cannot come to the party . I wish ……………………………………………… 3. It is cold . I wish …………………………………………… 4. I am short . I wish………………………………………… 5. I don’t know anything about farming . I wish………………………………………… Answers: 1. I wish I had any stamps . 2. I wish Ann could come to the party . 3. I wish It wasn’t cold . 4. I wish I wasn’t short .. T.explain the form of the structure. S.take notes and copy this .. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(103)</span> Exercise 3 T.ask sts to do exercise on the board. S.do exercise on the board . T.ask sts to check the answers with partners . S.check the answers with partners . T.call some sts to give the answers . S.give the answers . T.correct them . S.take notes and copy this .. T.explain the form of the structure. S.take notes and copy this .. 5. I wish I knew anything about farming .. Passive form: Rewrite the following sentences using “ passive form “ 1. Mr Parker saw the accident . …………………………………………………… ………………………………………… 2. She finished the report at noon . …………………………………………………… ………………………………………… 3. The police have arrested five people . …………………………………………………… ……………………………………… 4. He has to finish it today . …………………………………………………… …………………………………………… 5. The mailman is delivering the mail now . …………………………………………………… …………………………………………… Answers: 1. The accident was seen by Mr Parker . 2. The report was finished at noon by her . 3. Five people have been arrected by the police . 4.It has to be finished today by him . 5. the mail is being delivered now by the mailman . Form: S + be + past participle . Meaning :bị , được. *.Homework : - Rewrite the answers in your notebooks and write 5 examples using the structures. - Prepare for THE EXAMINATION *Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… … Week:18 Period :54 GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(104)</span> TRƯỜNG THPT NGUYỄN HÙNG HIỆP THI HOÏC KYØ I Name:.............................................. MOÂN THI TIEÁNG ANH 8 Class: 8 ........ THỜI GIAN : 60’(Không tính thời gian giao đề) I. Choose the best answer : (4ms ) 1. Last night I wacth the “ Romeo and Juliet”. At last they killed…………… A- ourselves B- herself C- themselves D-himself 2. Vietnamese language is different……………….. English language. A- as B-like C- from D- with 3. You …………….. to go to the market yourself buy some food. A- must B- should C- ought D- can 4. It isn't …………….. to leave medicine around the house. A- interesting B- hard C- safe D-dangerous 5. Jane is …………………beautiful than her sister. A- as B- like C- the most D- more 6 Kate hates ………………..to classical music. A- listen B- listened C- listening D- listen 7. Tom is sixteen. He isn’t ………………..to drive a car. A- old enough B- young enough C- enough old D.enough young 8- Last year Hoa ………………to school for the fisrt time . A- came B- come C- comes D.comed 9- London is ……………capital city in Europe. A- large B- larger C- most large D- the largest 10. John said to me “ You should ………… a doctor”. A- seeing B- saw C- to see D-see 11. Mai told me …………… you that present. A- giving B- to give C- gave D- give 12. When my father was young ,he used………….fishing on Sundays. A- go B- went C- to go D-going 13I have known her………….. two years. A-since B- for C- when D-with 14 He came to Paris in 1990 . He……………there for 10 years. A- lives B- lived C- living D- has lived 15- Mr Brown is the same age…………………..Mrs Brown . A- like B- from C- as D.with 16- We should go home It………………….darker. A- getting B- is becoming C- becoming D- get II. Each of the following sentences has 4 underlined parts (A, B, C and D). One of these parts contains an error. For each sentence, choose the part that contains the error (1.5ms) 1. 2. 3.. I have not seen you since a long time. A B C D My shirt is not as long like yours. A B C D Miss Jackson asked me to giving you this dictionary.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(105)</span> 4. 5. 6.. A B C D In the past, people use to work hard all day. A B C D I do my homework with Nam and Bao yesterday. A B C D She is going cleaning the classroom for me this afternoon. A B C D. III/ Match the questions in colunm A with the answers in colunm B in the correct way Column A Column B 1. Where do you live? A/ I like the stadium. 2. How long have you live here? B/ Le Qui Don secondary school. 3 . What can you see from your bedroom’s C/ In a house in the country. window ? 4. What kinds of facilities are there in your D/ Since 1999. neighborhood? 5. What things in your neighborhood do you E/ I like English best like best? F/ About 800 meters 6. How far is it from your house to your G/ There is a factory, a market, a gocery school? store, and a stadium in my neighborhood. 7. Which school do you go to? H/ . A small park with many trees and 8. What is your favorite subject ? flowers. 1_____ 2______ 3______ 4______ 5_______ 6______ 7_______ 8_________ V. Read the passage and choose the most appropriate answer A,B,C or D(2,5ms). In the first year of the secondary school I had some difficulties in learning English. My pronuncia of English words was really bad and my English grammar was worse. I didn’t know how to improv them. I didn’t want my mother and father know about it .One day after the lesson my English teache told me to wait for her outside the classroom. She took me to the school library and show me casset of pronunciation drills kept in a glass bookcase. She also told me how to use an English-English dictionary to improve my English Grammar.She said “ Now I think you know what you should do” made much progress and only one year later, I won the first prize in English speaking contest held secondary school students in my hometown.. 1. What difficulties did the writer have in learning English in the first year? A. The pronunciation B. The grammar C. Both pronunciation and grammar D. The way of improving his pronunciation 2. Who wanted to meet him one day after the lesson? A. His teacher B. One of his friends GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(106)</span> C. His father D. His mother 3. Where did Nam and his teacher go after that? A. To the town library B. To the school library C. To the teachers’room D. To his house 4. What did the teacher show him then? A. A glass bookcase B. An English-English dictionary C. An English Grammar book D. Cassettes of pronunciation drills 5. What did he win in the English speaking Contest one year later? A. The first prize B. The second prize C. The third prize D. The four prize The end. Good luck to you!. Week:20 Period :55. Preparing Date: 24/12/2011 Teaching Date: 26/12/2011 UNIT 8: COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(107)</span> Lesson 4: Read I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to understand the text about one of the social problems. II.Language focus : 1.Grammar: (none) 2.Vocabulary :rural, urban, struggle, typhoon, flood, drought, increase, population, strain, pollution, tragedy . III.Teaching aids: Text books, cardboards, chalks. IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance : 2.Checking up : call 2 sts to talk about the changes of the neighborhood . 3.New lesson :READ Teacher activities T.hang the poster on the board and call 3 sts to play game .. students’ activities Warm up S.play game “jumbled word”. content Jumbled Word:  Fulentipl   Taneru   Loofd   Roestdy   Laputipoon   suertl   ciliestiaf . plentiful nature flood destroy population result facilities. T.explain the words S.repeat and copy this .. T.checking the words. T.ask sts to work in groups and think of the difficulties of farmers' life. T.call some sts to give the difficulties of farmers' life.. S.checking the words .. S.work in groups and GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Vocabulary: - rural # urban - strain: (translation) - typhoon: (heavy storm) - drought ( hot and dry weather for a long time) - struggle (translation) - migrant ( a person who moves from one place to another especially in order to find work) - increase (translation) - population (people live in a country ) - pollution (translation) Checking vocabulary: Rub out and remember . Possible answers: GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(108)</span> think of the difficulties of farmers' life. S.give the difficulties of farmers' life.. - Droughts - the weather - hard work - no vacations - lack of dean water/ electricity - insects destroy harvests - typhoons - little money. T.ask sts to read the text carefully. T.call 2 sts to read the text T.ask sts to work in pairs , read the text again and complete the summery . T.call some sts to read the completed summary . T.listen and correct them .. S.read thetext carefully S.read the text . While -reading S.work in pairs , read the Answers: text again and complete "People from the countryside are the summery . leaving their home to go and live in S.read the completed the city. Farming can sometimes be summary . a difficult life and these people from S.take notes and copy rural areas feel the city offers more this . opportunities. However, many people coming to the city create problems. There may not be enough schools or hospitals, while water and electricity supplies may not be adequate. This is a problem lacing governments around the world.". T.ask sts to read the text again and do exercice 2 . fill the word in the passage that means . T.ask sts to check the answers with partners T.call some sts to write them on the board . T.correct them .. S.read the text again and do exercice 2 . fill the word in the passage that means . S.check the answers with partners . S.write them on the board . S.take notes and copy this .. T.ask sts to work in group of 6 to discuss the situation . T.call some leaders of groups to give the oppinions .. S.work in group of 6 to discuss the situation . S.give the oppinions .. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Exercise 2 Answers: a. of the countryside  rural b. as many as needed plentiful c. become greater or larger  increase d. a great pressure  strain e. a terrible event  tragedy f. of the city or city life  urban Consolidation Discussion: Situation: If you were a Minister, what would you do for farmers? Possible answers:  • Build streets, theaters, stadium in the country.  • Build schools, hospitals  • Provide clean, water, electricity, GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(109)</span> facilities  • Build factory.  ........................................................... V.Homework: - Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks. - Prepare new lesson : WRITE VI.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………….... Week:20 Preparing Date: 24/12/2011 Period :56 Teaching Date: 26/12/2011. UNIT 8: COUNTRY LIFE AND CiTY LIFE Lesson 4: Write I.Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write letters to their friends about their neighborhood. II.Language focus : 1.Grammar: old srtucture . 2.Vocabulary : (none) III.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, cardboards . IV.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : call 2 sts to write the words on the board. 3.New lesson :WRITE Teacher and students’ activities Teacher and students’ content activities T.hang the poster on the board S.put the outline for an Warm up and ask sts to put the outline for informal letter in the correct Ordering : an informal letter in the correct order . 1. Heading order . •- Writer's address. - Date 2. Opening - Dear name , 3. Body of letter 4. Closing - Love, Your friend,… - Signature . - Full name . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(110)</span> T.ask sts to work in pairs and ask and answer the questions T.call some pairs to practice asking and answering the questions in pairs. T.listen to and give the correct answers. S.work in pairs and ask and answer the questions . S.practice asking and answering the questions in pairs in front of the class. S.take notes and copy this .. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Answer questions: a. Where do you live? b. What does your house look like? c. What can you see front yourbedroomwindow? d. How far is it from your home to school? e. What kinds of facilities are therein your neighborhood? f. What things in your neighborhood do you like best? Why?. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(111)</span> T.ask sts to work in group of 6 and write the letter to a friend about your neighborhood basing on the answers of the questions . T.call some sts of the groups to hang the cardboards on the board .. S.work in group of 6 and write the letter to a friend about your neighborhood basing on the answers of the questions . S.hang the cardboards on the board .. T.correct the letter .. S.take notes and copy this.. T.ask sts some questions. While- writing Dear....... I live in ...... a small town. My family has a large house with four rooms and a small garden. My sister and I share one bedroom. From the bedroom window, I can see a beautiful park with green trees, flowers and a pood. We don't live far from my school so I usually walk there. In my neighborhood, there is a swimming pool and a beautiful park. On the weekend, I often go swimming with my friends. Early in the morning, I always jog with my sister around the park. But the thing I like best in my neighborhood is the public library near my school. There I not only can study and read books but also watch video and learn how to use the computer. Do you have a library like that in your neighborhood? Is there anything interesting in the place where you live? Write to me. I'd like to say goodbye now. I'm looking forwards to hearing from you soon. Questions: 1. How many parts are there in the letter ? 2. What are they ?. Consolidation S.answer the questions .. V.Homework: - Write the letter to a friend about your neighborhood . - Prepare new lesson : UNIT 9 : GETTING STARTED & LISTEN & READ VI. Drawing experience : GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(112)</span> ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………......... Week:20 Period :57. Preparing Date: 24/12/2011 Teaching Date: 29/12/2011 UNIT 9 :A FIRST- AID COURSE Lesson 1: Getting started and Listen and Read. I.Aim: Reading for details about the situations which require first – aid. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss can know what they would in the situations which require first – aid. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar (none) 2.Vocabulary :emergency, bleed, ambulance, concious, handkerchief, awake, injure. IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, card board, stereo . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : (none) 3.New lesson :Getting Started and Listen and Read . Teacher’s activities Students’ activities T:ask sts to work in S:work in group and group and tell them tell them these these things are often things are often used for first- aid. used for first- aid. T:call some sts to give S:give the first-aid . the first-aid. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. content GETTING STARTED Kim's game:• Answer Key: 1.emergency room 2.sterile dressing 3. medicated oil 4. ice bags 5. water pack 6. alcohol Possible answers: + A girl has a burn on her arm  Use cold water / ice to ease the pain + A boy has a bad cut on his leg  Use alcohol medicated oil / sterile dressing. + A girl has a nose bleed  Use a GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(113)</span> T:ask sts to discuss and write down what they would do in these situations which require first-aid. T:call on some groups to give their answers and correct. T:check the words .. S:discuss and write down what they would do in these situations which require first-aid. S:take note s and copy this . S:checking the words .. T:take the tape 1 time .. S:listen to the tape . words in the gaps. S:complete the words in the gaps. S:give the answers . S:take notes and copy this . S:listen to the tape again and practice the dialouge in pairs S:read the dialouge . S:take notes .. T:ask sts to complete the T:call some sts to give the answers T:listen to and correct them . T:ask sts to listen to the tape again and practice the dialouge in pairs . T:call some pairs to read the dialouge T:listen to and check their pronunciation T:ask sts to work in pairs and select the topics covered in the dialouge T:call some sts to give the answers. S:work in pairs and select the topics covered in the dialouge . S:give the answers . S:take notes and. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. handkerchief to stop the bleeding / tell her to lie down. + A girl has a burn on her arm  Use cold water / ice to ease the pain + A boy has a bad cut on his leg  Use alcohol medicated oil / sterile dressing. + A girl has a nose bleed  Use a handkerchief to stop the bleeding / tell her to lie down. + A boy has a bee sting  Use medicated oil... Vocabulary: -ambulance(n) xe cứu thương - mergency (n) ca cấp cứu - unconcious (adj)  concious bất tỉnh (translation) - bleed (v) chảy máu - to be hurt (v) bị thương -hit (v) đụng đập - cover (v) bao phủ, băng bó - keep awake (v) giữ cho tỉnh Checking technique: Slap the board While-Reading Complete the gaps . "There was an emergency at Lan's school, A student... (1)... off her bike and hit her head on the road. She was. ,(2)., but she cut her head and (he. ... (3)... was ...(4),.. badly. Lan telephoned Bach Mai Hospital and asked the nurse to send an.. (5).. to Quang Trung School. Lan was asked to keep the student, .(6). ..while waiting for the ambulance." Anwer Key: 1. fell 2. concious 3. cut 4. bleeding 5. ambulance 6. awake Post-reading Answer Key: a,b,c,e,f.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(114)</span> T:listen to and correct them . T:ask sts to retell the first –aid in the situation in the listening .. copy this . S:retell the first –aid in the situation in the listening .. Consolidation Ex: we should use the ice bag to ease the pain. ……………………………………… ……………………………………… ……. *Homework : - Learn by heart new words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . - Prepare new lesson : Speak *Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….... Week:21 Period :58. Preparing Date: 30/12/2011 Teaching Date: 03/01/2012 UNIT 9 : A FIRST- AID COURSE Lesson 2: SPEAK. I. Aim: Practice in making and responding to offers, promises and requests ,listening to a paragraph for details about the activities in an emergency room. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss can make and requests, offers, and promises , III.Language focus : 1.Grammar : requests, offers, promises and reponses. 2.Vocabulary: IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, card board, pictures . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words . 3.New lesson :Speak and Listen .. Teacher’s activities. Students’ activities Warm-up S:play game “networks”. T:ask sts to play game .. content Networks Situations which reaquire first-aid. Have a snake bite. Possible answers: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(115)</span> T:ask sts to answer some S:answer the questions . questions. T:explain the structures S:take notes and copy this .. T:ask sts to look at the pictures on page 82 and match the situations with the statements. S:look at the pictures on page 82 and match the situations with the statements. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. have a nose bleed have a burn have a cut have a bee sting…. SPEAK 1. I want you to get me a bandagel How can I say? 2. I’d like you to come to my party. How can I say? 3. I tell my mother that I’ll surely finish my work before bedtime. How can I say? Answers: 1. Will you get me a bandage? 2. Would vou like to come to my party ? 3. I promise I’ll finish my homework before bedtime. 1.To make a request: Will Would Could you (please) + bare infinitive...? Responses : Sure / OK / All right. I’m sorry I can’tJ I’m afraid not 2. To make an offer: Will / Won’t you Shall I bare infinitive......? Can I Would you like + to infinitive......? What can I do / get for you ? Can I get you...............? Responses: Yes, please. / That would be nice. No, thank you. 3. To make a promise : I promise I’ll /I won’t..... I will.................. I promise. I promise to..................................... Responses: I hope so. / Good. / I’m glad. / Don’t forget Matching: 1. The girl has a bum on her hand. 2. The girl has a bad fever. 3. The boy has just broken the vase. 4. The boy hat a headache. 5. The boy has a snake bite. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(116)</span> Answer key l.a 2.d 3.e 4. b 5. c T:ask sts to work in pairs Answers: and do exercise 2 a) Could you give me a bandage please ? T:call some pairs to read Sure. Here you are . the answers . b) Shall I get you some medicine ? S:do exercise 2 . T:listen to and correct them Yes, please . . c) Can you get me some bandge ? S:read the answers . Sure ! S:take notes and copy this . d) Would you like me to get you some medicine ? That would be nice . e) I promise I won’t play soccer in the house again. I hope so . T:ask sts to give request Situation: S:give request and and response for situation . A boy is thirsty . response for situation . *Homework : - Learn by heart new words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . - Prepare new lesson : Listen *Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……… Week:21 Preparing Date: 30/12/2011 Period :59 Teaching Date: 04/01/2012 UNIT 9 : A FIRST- AID COURSE Lesson 3: LISTEN I. Aim: Practice in making and responding to offers, promises and requests ,listening to a paragraph for details about the activities in an emergency room. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss can know how to listen for details. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar : 2.Vocabulary:stretcher, crutches, wheelchair, scale, eye chart . IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, card board, stereo, pictures . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words . 3.New lesson :Speak and Listen .. Teacher’s activities. Students’ activities. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. content GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(117)</span> T:explain the words .. Pre-listening S:repeat and copy this .. T:ask sts to check the words .. S:checking the words .. T;ask sts to listen to the tape 2 times T;ask sts to check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers T:take the tape again and correct them .. T:ask sts to check the statements T or F. T:ask sts to answer the questions .. S:listen to the tape 2 times and match the letters A, B, C, D, E, F to the correct words . S:check the answers with partners S:give the answers . S:take notes and copy this .. New words : - stretcher (n) cái cáng (picture) - crutches (n) cái nạng (picture) - wheelchair (n) Xe lăn (picture) - scale (n) cái cân (picture) - eye chart (n) bảng đo thị lực (picture) Checking the words: slap on the board . While-listening Answers: A: ambulance B: wheelchair C: crutches D: eye chart E: scale F: stretcher. Post-listening a. A doctor is wheeling a patient into the emergency . b. The patient’s head is bandaged . S:check the statements T or c. A hure is pushing a wheelchair with a F. patient sitting on its . d. The eye chart consists of 28 letters arranged in the different sizes . Consolidation Questions: S:answer the questions . 1. What happened with patient ? 2. Who is wheeling patient ? 3. How many letters are there in the eye chart ?. *Homework : - Learn by heart new words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . - Prepare new lesson : Read *Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………… Week:21 Preparing Date: 30/12/2011 Period :60 Teaching Date: 05/01/2012 UNIT 9: A FIRST- AID COURSE Lesson 4 : Read GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(118)</span> I.Aim: Reading for the instructions about some more situations requiring first- aid. II.Objectives: At the- end of the lesson sts can first- aid about some more situations . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar : command . 2.Vocabulary:victim, ease, revise, fainting, shock, overheat, patient . IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, card board, stereo, pictures . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : call 2 sts to write the words . 3.New lesson :Read . Teacher’s activities T:ask sts to play game . T:ask sts to give nouns for emergencies which require firstaid .. T:explain the words . T:ask sts to check the words .. T:ask sts to read the text carefully . T:call 3sts to read the text in front of the class . T:ask sts to choose a correct case for each of the following treatments T;call some sts to give the answers on the board T:correct them .. T:ask sts to play game .. Students’ activities content S:play game “Bingo”. Warm up S:give nouns for Bingo emergencies which require Suggested words: first-aid . burn, cut, bee sting, snake bite, fainting, shock,nose,bleed, …………………………………… ……… S:repeat and copy this .. - lie flat(v) nằm thẳng - elevate(v)  lower nâng lên victim (n) - overheat (v) - ease (v) ( stop) Checking the words: rub out and remember.. S:check the words .. S:read the text carefully S:read the text in front of the class . S:choose a correct case for each of the following treatments . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . S:give the answers on the board . S:take notes and copy this . S:play game”networks” on. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. While-reading. Answers: A: Fainting (a, c, e) B: Shock (b) C: Burns (d). Post-reading. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(119)</span> the board . Networks: cool the burn with ice Let. the lie. victim down Don’t give the victim any food T:ask sts to answer the question. Consolidation Question: What should you do when your friends or relatives get a fainting, a shock, a burn ?. . S:answer the question.. *Homework : - Learn by heart new words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . - Prepare new lesson : write. *Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Week:21 Preparing Date: 30/12/2011 Period :60 Teaching Date: 07/01/2012. UNIT 9: A FIRST- AID COURSE Lesson 6: WRITE I.Aim: Writing a thank- you note. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss know how to write a thank-you note. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: (none) 2.Vocabulary: (none) IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, cardboards . V.Teaching steps : GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(120)</span> 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to write the words and answer the question What should you do to first aid the burn ? 3.New lesson : WRITE Teacher and students’ activities content Warm up T:divide the class into 3 group and Group 1: heading write 5 parts of the letter . …………………………… S:write 5 parts of the letter . Group 2 :date …………………………………… Group 3: body of the letter ………………………………… Pre-writing The scene : T:make the scene . Nga was sick and she had to go to S:listen to the teacher . hospital. After she left the hospital, she T:ask sts to read the statements on wrote a thank-you note to Hoa. Why and the board and check the statements what did she write ? T or F . True / False Predictions : S:read the statements on the board 1. Nga writes to thank Hoa for some and check the statements T or F . candy. T:call some sts to give the answers. 2. Hoa's gift cheered Nga up. S:give the answers . 3. Nga'd like Hoa to see her at the hospital. 4. Nga is very bored now. T:ask sts to read the letter and check 5.Nga writes the letter at the hospital. the statements T or F . Predictions: S:read the letter and check the 1……………, 2……………, statements T or F . 3…………………,4………………, T:call some sts to give the answers . 5…………… S:give the answers . Answer Key: T:correct them . 1. False  flowers (not candy) S:take notes and copy this . 2. True. T:ask sts to give the correct form of 3. False  at her house (not at the the verbs in the brackets . hospital) S:give the correct form of the verbs 4. True in the brackets . 5. False  at her house (not at the T:call 2 sts to read the completed hospital) letter . Answers: S:read the completed letter . 1. was T:listen to and correct them . 2. were S:take notes and copy this . 3. helped 4. came 5. am 6. will phone While-writing Questions and Answers T:ask sts to work in pairs to practice 1.What did your friend give/send you? GIÁO ÁNand ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013. 2.On what occasion GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn asking answering the questions. ?. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(121)</span> VI.Homework: -Write the thanks –letter for your friend about a gift in the New Year . -Prepare new lesson :Language Focus . VII.Drawing experience ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Week:21 Date:09/01/2011 Period :59. UNIT 9: A FIRST-AID COURSE Lesson 5: Language Focus. I.Aim: To help sts to know how to use the structures “so as to or in order to “ and future simple tense . II.Objectives: Sts will be able to do exercises in the book by using the structures . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :(none) 2.Vocabulary : (none) IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, pictures. V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up (none) 3.New lesson : LANGUAGE FOCUS Teacher and students’ activities Warm up T:ask sts to talk together . S:talk together .. Exercise 1 T:give the example and the structure . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to do exercise 1 . S:do exercise 1 . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers .. content. Notes. Free-speaking: Will you V(infi) ……? Ex:Will you give me a book please ? ………………………………………… ………………………………… Example: I always keep the window open in order to /so as to let fresh air in . Form: so as to /in order to + V(infi) Meaning :để mà Answers: 1 in order to /so as to 2 ………………….. 3 …………………... GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. f c b. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(122)</span> S:give the answers . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Exercise 2 T:explain the structure . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to work in pairs and complete the dialouge . use the correct word or short form . S:work in pairs and complete the dialouge . use the correct word or short form . T:call some sts to read the completed dialouge . S:read the completed dialouge . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Exercise 3 T:give example and the form of the structure . S:take notes and copy this . Ask sts to do exercise 3 in pairs basing on the pictures . S:do exercise 3 in pairs basing on the pictures . T:call some pairs to read the dialouges . S:read the completed dialouges . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Exercise 4 T:ask sts to work with a partner, look at the pictures . make requests, offers or promises .Use the words in the box and will or shall . S:work with a partner, look at the pictures . make requests, offers or promises .Use the words in the box and will or shall . T:call some pairs to give the requests and offers . S:give the requests and offers . T:correct them .. 4 5 6. ………………….. ………………….. …………………... e a d. Future simple tense . Form: S + will/ shall + V (infi) …… Meaning:sẽ I / We + shall (not)+V(infi) You/ She/ He/ They/ It + will (not) +V(infi). Ex: We shall visit Rach Gia tomorrow . You will not study English tomorrow . Answers; 1. will 2. will 3. he won’t 4. shall 5. will 6. I’ll Request: Will/ Would you +V (infi)…… ? Ex:will you open the window please ? Answers: b) Will you give it to me please ? c) Will you answer the telephone please ? d) Will you turn on the TV please, Nga ? e) Will you pour a glass of water for me ? f) Will you get me the cushion, please ? Answers: b) Will you paint the doors please ? I will paint the doors this afternoon . c) Will you study harder please ? I will study harder . d) Will you carry the bag for me please ? Will I carry the bag for you ? e) Will you hang the washing please ? Will I hang the washing for you ? f) Will you cut the grasses please ?I will cut the grasses for you .. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(123)</span> S:take notes and copy this . Consolidation T:ask sts to give 2 examples using so as to / in order to and requests S:give 2 examples using so as to / in order to and request.. Ex: I study English so as to be an English teacher in the future . ………………………………………… ……………………………………. *Homework : -Learn by heart the structures and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :Unit 10 . GETTING STARTED + LISTEN AND READ. *Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………Week:21 UNIT 10: RECYCLING Date:09/01/2011 Lesson 1: Getting started and Listen and Read Period :60 I.Aim: To give sts information about the environment problems. II.Objectives: Sts will be able to do something to protect the environment and save natural resources. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :(none) 2.Vocabulary : reduce, recycle, wrap, fertilizer, toy, package, save, natural resource. IV.Teaching aids: Cassette, text books, chalks, pictures. V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up .(none) 3.New lesson .Getting Started and Listen and Read. Teacher and students’ activities Warm up T:ask sts to play game . S:play game “Brainstorm” in 3 group .. content  GETTING STARTED Brainstorm:. Notes. How to protect the environment.. Reuse plastic bags Answers: Recycling Reusing Collect garbage Burn the garbage ………………………………… GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(124)</span> T:ask sts to work in pairs , make the list of ways that help you to reduce the amount of the garbage we produce . S:work in pairs , make the list of ways that help you to reduce the amount of the garbage we produce T:call some pairs to read . S:read sentences . T:listen to and correct them .. Pre-reading T:explain the words . S:repeat and copy this .. T:check the words . S:checking the words “rub out and remember “. T:ask sts to read the logo one time. S:read the logo one time . T:ask sts to predict the staments T or F . S:predict the staments T or F . T:call some sts to give the predictions . S:give the predictions ..  GETTING STARTED Example: S1: We should use cloth bags instead of plastic bags . S2: You are right . We should also reuse plastic bags . Possible answers: Use cloth bags, use tree leaves to wrap things, make garbage into fertilizer, make vegetable matter into animal food.... LISTEN AND READ Vocabulary: - protect (v) bảo vệ (to keep so/ sth safe from danger) -natural resource(s) (translation/ explanation) (coal mines, oil/gold/mineral deposits are........) - save (v) tiết kiệm (translation) - recycle (v) tái chế (to make something already used able to be used again) - package (v) - wrap (v(translation) - fertilizer (n) (translation) -garbage (n) (picture) Checking words : Rub out and remember . True / False Predictions 1. Friends of the Earth is an organization to help people make friends with each other. 2. Miss Blake asks the students to remember 3 things: reduce, reuse, recycle. 3. Reduce means buying the products which are overpacked. 4. We cannot reuse things like envelopes, glass, plastic bottles, old plastic bags. 5. Miss Blake says that we should use cloth bags and shouldn't use plastic bags at all. 6. Recycling means not just throwing. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(125)</span> things away but trying and finding another use for them. Predictions: 1…………… 2……………3…………… 4……………5…………6…………… While-reading T:take the tape 2 times . S:listen to the tape 2 times and check their predictions . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners T;call some sts to give the answers S:give the answers . T:correct them . S:take notes . T;ask sts to listen to the tape 1 time S:listen to the tape 1 time . T:ask sts to practice the dialouge in pairs . S:practice the dialouge in pairs . T:call sone pairs to read the dialouge . S:read the dialouge . T:listen to and check their pronunciation . S:take notes . Post-reading T:ask sts to work in pairs and practice asking and answering the questions . S:work in pairs and practice asking and answering the questions . T:call some pairs to practice . S:practice asking and answering the questions . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Consolidation T:ask sts to answer the question . S:answer the question .. Answer Key: 1. False  an organization to help people protect the environment and save natural resources. 2. True 3. False  Reduce mean not buying…….. 4. False  We can reuse things………… 5. True. 6. True. Answer Key: a. Reduce means not buying products which are overpacked. b. We can reuse things like envelopes, glass, plastic bottles and old plastic bags. c. Recycle means not just throwing things away. Try and find another use for them. d. We can look for information on recycling things by having a contact with an organization like Friends of the Earth, going to the local library or asking your family and friends. Question: Why shouldn’t we use plastic bags at all. *Homework : -Learn by heart the words and rewrite answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :SPEAK and LISTEN GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(126)</span> *Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………Week:22 UNIT 10 : RECYCLING Date:16/01/2011 Lesson 2 : Speak and Listen Period: 61 I.Aim: To help Ss practice in giving and responding to instructions and Listening for specific information about making compost. II.Objectives: Sts can give and respond to instructions. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: (none) 2.New words : metal, fabric, leather, belong to , compost, heap,shade . IV.Teaching aids: Picture , cassette, text book, chalk . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words . 3.New lesson : SPEAK and LISTEN. Teacher and students’ activities Warm up T:show the picture to the Ss and ask them to observe it carefully, let them look at the picture for about 20"then put it away. S:look at the picture and go to the board and write as many words showing things in the picture as possible. Pre-speaking T:explain the words . S:repeat and copy this .. content Memory game (Kim's game) Possible answers: used paper, old newspapers, books, cardboard boxes, bottles, glasses, jars, plastic bags, food cans, drinking tins, vegetable matter, clothes, shoes, schoolbags,..—.-... Notes. SPEAK Vocabulary: - fertilizer (n) phân bón (translation) - fertilize (v) - compost (n) phân xanh (What do you call the fertilizer made from spoiled food, leaves, vegetable matter...) - compost heap (n) đống phân (picture) - fabric (n) (clothes) - leather (n) da Checking the words: Bingo. T:ask sts to check the words . S:check the words . While-speaking Answers: T:ask sts to work in pairs , look at - Paper: paper, old newspapers, books, … the picture and decide which group - Glass: bottles, glasses, jars, GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(127)</span> each item belong to . S:work in pairs , look at the picture and decide which group each item belong to . T:call some sts to read the items . S:read the items . T:listen to and correct . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to work in pairs to make the dialouge . S:work in pairs and make the dialouge T:call some pairs to read the dialouge S:read the dialouge . Post-speaking T:ask sts to give more items which belong to “leather, fabric…” S:give more items which belong to “leather, fabric…”. Pre-listening T:ask sts some questions . S:answer the questions .. T:explain the words . S:repeat and copy this .. T:ask sts to check the works . S:checking the words .. ………………… - Plastic: plastic bags, plastic bottles, ……… - Metal: food cans, drinking cans, ……… - Vegetable matter: fruit peels, vegetable , ……… - Fabric: clothes, pieces of materials, … - Leather: shoes, sandals, school bags, … Dialouge : S1:which group do clothes belong to ? S2: put them in “fabric” S1: what can we do with those clothes ? S2: we can recycle them and make into paper or shopping bags . Group Paper. Items used paper (old newspaper, books, cardboard boxes…). Glass Plastic Metal Fabric Leather Vegetable matter. (bottles, glasses, jars……) (plastic bags, plastic (food cans, drinking tins…....) clothes (cloth bags, (shoes, sandals, fruit peels,(vegetables,rotten fruits…) LISTEN Questions: 1. Have you ever seen a compost heap? 2. Do you know how the compost is made ? 3. What are they made from ? New words : - compost heap (n) đống phân xanh - tealeaves (n) lá chè - egg-shells (n) vỏ trứng - moisture (n) độ ẩm - condensation (n) sự ngưng tụ Checking the words: rub out and remember .. While-listening T:ask sts to listen to the tape 2 times and check the correct answers . S:listen to the tape 2 times and check the correct answers . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(128)</span> T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners T:call some sts to give the answers S:give the answers . T;take the tape again and correct them S:take notes and copy this . Post-listening T:ask sts to put the phrases in the correct orther . S:put the phrases in the correct orther .. Answer Key: a. A b. B c. A d. B Statements : 1. use shovels to turn the compost . 2. start a compost heap . 3. water the compost . 4. place in the garden. 5. use as fertilizer . 6. keep for 6 months . Answers: 2-4-1-3-6-5. *Homework : -Learn by heart the words and rewrite answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :SPEAK and LISTEN *Drawing experience …………………………………………………………………………… Week: 22 UNIT 10: RECYCLING Date: 16/01/2011 Lesson 3: Read Period :62 I.Aim: Reading for details about how things are recycled. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to form the Passive in the Present Simple. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: passive form . 2.New words : tire, pipe, refill, sandal, melt, glassware, law, dung . IV.Teaching aids: Picture , text book, chalk . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words . 3.New lesson : READ Teacher and students’ activities content Notes Warm up Wordsquare : T:ask sts to play game . S:play game “wordsquare” E N V I R O N ME N T N B c G A R B A G E R V E D R D O P P U R E Answer key: E J U E Y I L A RGV: S Nguyễn C GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013. Thị Thanh Nhàn 1. :.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(129)</span> environment, garbage, pure, used paper, protect envelope, dust, green tree, can, plastic, paper bag. reduce, reuse, recycle.. Pre-reading T:explain the words . S:repeat and copy this .. T:ask sts to check the words . S:checking the words . T:explain the structure . S:take notes and copy this .. While- reading T;ask sts to read the text and work in pairs , ask ans answer the questions . S:read the text and work in pairs , ask ans answer the questions . T:call some pairs to practice asking and answering the questions . S:practice asking and answering the questions . T:ask sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Post -reading T:ask sts to read the text again and complete the sentences to make a list of recycling things .. Vocabulary: - tire (n) vỏ , lốp xe - pipe (n) ống nước - refill (v) làm đầy lại - sandal (n) dép - melt (v) tan ra - deposite (n) tiền đặt cọc - law (n) luật pháp - dung (n) phân chuồng Checking the words: Rub out and Remember Structure : passive form . Ex: Every milk bottle can be used thirty times .. Answers: a) People cleaned and refilled empty milk bottles . b) The glass is broken up , melted and made into new glassware. c) The Oregon government made a new law that there must be a deposit on drink cans . The deposit is returned when people bring the cans back for recycling . d) Compost is made from household and garden waste . Car tires Milk bottles Glass Drink cans. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013..    . ............ ............ ............ .............. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(130)</span> S:read the text again and complete Household and garden waste  ........ the sentences to make a list of Answer Key: recycling things . T:ask sts to check the answers with Used things Recycling Facts partners . Car tires are recycled to make S:check the answers with partners . pipes T:call some sts to give the answers Milk bottles and floor recoverings on the board . are cleaned and refilled S:give the answers on the board . Glass (with milk) T:correct them . is broken up,melted and S:take notes and copy this . Drink cans made into new glassware Household are brought back for and recycling. garden waste is made into compost Consolidation Questions: T:ask sts to answer the questions . 1. If you have a recycling story to share, S:answer the questions . how can you share it ? 2. What can you do with old things ? *.Homework : -Learn by heart the words and rewrite answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :WRITE *.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……… Week:22 UNIT 10: RECYCLING Date:16/01/2011 Lesson 4 :Write Period :63 I.Aim: To help Ss to write a set of instructions on how to recycle used things. II.Objectives: Students will be able to write a set of instructions, sequencing. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: (none) 2. New words :soak, mix, dry, press, bucket, pull, mash, wire mesh. IV.Teaching aids: Text books, chalks, card boards . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up :call 2 sts to write the words on the board . 3.New lesson : Write . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(131)</span> Teacher and students’ activities content Warm up Lucky Numbers: T:ask sts to play game . 1. Lucky number. S:play game “lucky numbers”. 2. Say this sentence in the passive . "People speak English everywhere" 3. Say this sentence in the active. "Cartoons are liked by most children" 4. Lucky number 5. Lucky number. 6. Say this sentence in the passive. "We do not use things carefully." 7. Say this sentence in the active "Are candies liked by the children?" 8. Say this sentence in the passive "Mr Han teaches Maths" 9 .Say this sentence in the passive. "Vegetarians do not eat meat" Pre-writing Question: T:ask sts the question. How do they recycle old paper ? S:asnwer the question (Vnese) T:explain new words . Vocabulary: S:repeat and copy this . - soak. (v) (explanation) becomes completely wet) - mix (v) (translation) - dry (v) (explaination) (put something in the sunlight ) - press (v) (translation) - mash (v) (translation) - pull (v) (translation) - wire mesh (n) (translation) T:check the words . Checking words: Slap the board. S:checking the words . T:ask sts to read a text about how to recycle used paper and complete the text . Using the verbs in the box . S:read a text about how to recycle used paper and complete the text . Using the verbs in the box . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners Answer key : . 1. use 2. mix 3. place 4. press T:call some sts to read the 5. wrap 6. wait 7. dry completed text . S:read the completed text . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Notes. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(132)</span> T:listen to and correct them . While-writing T:ask sts to write the sequencing on the board . S:write the sequencing on the board . T:call some sts to read and write the summery on the board . S:read and write the summery on the board . T:correct them. S:take notes and copy this .. Summery: First,........................................................ Then, ...................................................... Next, ....................................................... After that, ............................................... Finally,.................................................... Answer Key: - First, soak old newspaper in a bucket overnight. - Then, mash the paper by a wo&den spoon. - Next, mix the mashed paper with water. - After that, use a wire mesh to pull the mixture out, put it on the doth and press it down firmly. - Finally, take the mesh out of the cloth & dry it in the sun.. T:ask sts to work in group of 6 and look at the pictures and make the instructions on how to prepare the tea leaves, using the given words in the box . S:work in group of 6 and look at the pictures and make the instructions on how to prepare the tea leaves, using the given words in the box . T:call some sts to hang the card boards on the board . S:hang the card boards on the board . Post- writing The instructions: T:look at and correct them . a.First take the used tealeaves from the tea S:take notes and copy this . pot. b. Next scatter the tealeaves on a tray. c. Then dry the leaves in the sun. d. Finally, put the dry leaves in a pot for future use. Consolidation Summery: T:ask sts to summerize the First: instructions on how to prepare the …………………………………………… tea leaves without looking the ………………………… book. Next: S:summerize the instructions on …………………………………………… how to prepare the tea leaves …………………………. without looking the book. Then: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(133)</span> …………………………………………… ………………………… Finally: …………………………………………… …………………….. *Homework : -Learn by heart new words and rewrite answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :Language Focus . *Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……… Week:23 UNIT 10: RECYCLING Date:23/01/2011 Lesson 5: Language Focus Period: 64 I.Aim: To get Ss to further practise in the Passive and in expressing their feelings using Adjectives. II.Objectives: Students will be able to form the Passive in Future simple and the structures with Adjectives. III.Language focus: 1. Grammar: passive form and ajectives followed by an infinitive and a noun clause 2. New words (none) IV.Teaching aids: Cardboards, handouts, text books, chalks . V. Teaching steps : 1. Taking attendance . 2. Checking up (none) 3.New lesson . Language Focus . Teacher and students’activities content Giving the past participle : Warm up Verbs Past participle T:ask sts to play game . washed S:play game “giving the past 1. break participle “in 3 group . 2. wash 3. dry 4. mix 5. use 6. dip 7. blow GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Notes. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(134)</span> 8. build Exercise 1: T:give example on the board and ask sts to give the form of the structure basing on the example . S:give the form of the structure basing on the example . T:give the meaning of the form . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to take note the subject . S:take notes . T:ask sts to work in pairs and do exercise 1 . S:work in pairs and do exercise 1 T:call some sts to write the answers on the board . S:write the answers on the board T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. T:give example on the board and ask sts to give the form of the structure basing on the example . S:give the form of the structure basing on the example . T:ask sts to work in pairs and do exercise 2 . S:work in pairs and do exercise 2 T:call some pairs to read the dialouges. S:read the dialouges. T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . T:give example on the board and ask sts to give the form of the structure basing on the example . S:give the form of the structure basing on the example . T:ask sts to work in pairs and do exercise 3 .. Example: Active: they break the glass into small pieces . Passive: the glass is broken into small pieces . Form : Be + past participle Meaning : bị , được Notes: The subject doesn’t do the action . Answers: b)then the glass is washed with a detergent liquid . c)the glass pieces is dried completely . d)they are mixed with certain specific chemicals e)the mixture is melted until it becomes a liquid. f)a long pipe is used, it is dipped into the liquid , then the liquid is blown into intended shapes . Exercise 2: Example: When will the project be started? Will S be past participle Passive Form in the Future Simple Form : will / shall + be + past participle Answers: 1. It will be shown……… 2. Will it be built......... ? 3. It will be finished ....... 4. Will it be made ............? Exercise 3 Model Sentences: It ’s difficult to follow your directions. It be adj to infinitive Form: It + be + adjective + to infinitive Answers:. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(135)</span> S:work in pairs and do exercise 3 T:call some pairs to read the dialouges. S:read the dialouges. T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. 1. It is easy to understand 2. It is hard to believe. 3. It is dangerous to go . 4. It is important to wait . Exercise 4:. T:ask sts to do exercise 4 . S:do exercise 4 . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to read the completed letter . S:read the completed letter . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. Answers: 1. was happy 2. am relieved 3. is afraid 4. are you sure 5. am certain. *Homework : -Rewrite answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :Unit 11: Getting Started and Listen and Read . *Drawingexperience………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………. Week:23 UNIT 11 : TRAVELING AROUND VIETNAM Date:10/02/2011 Lesson 1: Getting Started -Listen & Read Period: 65 I. Aims : Reading for details about how to expreSs interest. II. Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to use expressions to express their interest. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(136)</span> III. Laguage Focus: 1. Grammar: - Would / Do you mind if I...? - Would / Do you mind + V-ing? 2. New words: harbor, corn, water buffalo , sugar cane, prefer , nice to meet you . IV.Teaching aids: Text book , chalks, stereo, pictures , card board . V.Teaching steps : 1. Taking attendance . 2. Checking up (none) 3. New lesson: Getting Started and Listen and Read . Teacher and students’ activities Warm-up T:ask sts to play game . S:play game “networks “ in 3 group.. T:stick the pictures on the board and ask sts to match the places of interest in VN with their names . S:match the places of interest in VN with their names . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners T:call some sts to give the answers S:give the answers . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Pre-listening T:ask sts the questions . S:answer the questions . T:explain the new words . S:repeat and copy this .. T:check the new words . S:checking the words . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. content Networks: Places of interest: Ex: Ha Long Bay . …………………………… GETTING STARTED. Answer Key: a) Ngo Mon Gate b) Nha rong Harbor c) The Temple Literature d) Ha long Bay LISTEN AND READ Questions: 1. which places have you visited in VN ? 2. How did you feel ? New words : - crop (n) ( explanation) (something such as grain, rice, fruit... is grown in one season.) - sugar cane (n) (What is used to make sugar?) - water buffalo (n) (translation) - harbor (n) (picture) - prefer (v) ( explaination : like very much ) - nice to meet you (phrase) (translation) Checking the words: Rub out and remember . Structure : GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(137)</span> T:explain the structure . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to read the statements and predict the statements T or F . S:read the statements and predict the statements T or F . T:call some sts to give their pridictions . S:give their pridictions . While-listening T:ask sts to listen to the tape 2 times. S:listen to the tape 2 times. T:ask sts to practice the dialouge in pairs . S:practice the dialouge in pairs . T:call some pairs to read the dialouge in front of the class . S:read the dialouge in front of the class . T:listen to and check their pronunciation . S:take notes . T:ask sts to read the dialouge and check the statements T or F . S:read the dialouge and check the statements T or F . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners T:call some sts to give the answers S:give the answers . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. Post-listening T:ask sts to work in pairs ask and answers the questions . S:answer the questions in pairs . T:call some sts to ask and answer the questions . S:to ask and answer the questions . T:listen to and correct them. S:take notes and copy this .. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. - Would you mind sitting in the front seat of the taxi ? - Would you mind if I took a photo ? Predictions: a) T b) …… c) …… d) …… e) …… f) ……. Answers: a) T b) T c) F ( not in a bus but in a taxi ) d) T e) T f) F ( not only rice and corn but also sugar canes are grown around HN ) Questions: 1. Where does Hoa meet The Jones ? 2. Is it the first time The Jones have visited Viet Nam ? ' 3. How do they travel to Ha Noi ? 4. What do they see along the road to Ha Noi? 5. What would Tim tike to do ? Answers: 1. Hoa meets The Jones at the airport. 2. Yes, it is. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(138)</span> Consolidation T:ask sts to arrange the statements in correct order . S:arrange the statements in correct order .. 3. By taxi, 4. They see a boy riding a water buffalo, rice paddies, corn and sugar cane fields. 5. He'd like to take a photo. The statements: 1. they stop to take some photographs . 2. they get into the car to HN. 3. Hoa meets Tim at the airport . 4. Tim sees a boy on a water buffalo .. VI.Homework : -Learn by heart new words and rewrite answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :Unit 11: Speak and Listen . VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………. Week:23 Date:10/02/2011 Period: 66. UNIT 11 :TRAVELING AROUND VIET NAM Lesson 2 : SPEAK and LISTEN. I Aim: To help Ss practice in making suggestions and using " mind " to make requests. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to make and • respond to formal requests using "mind" and make suggestions. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: Would / Do you mind …………… ? Would / Do you mind if ………… ? 2.New words : suggest, sound, museum, vegetarian, coin, revolutionary . IV.Teaching aids: Picture , cassette, text book, chalk . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words . 3.New lesson : SPEAK and LISTEN Teacher and students’ activities content Warm-up Sentence transformation : T:ask sts to play game . Ex: Can you close the door ? S:play game “Sentence Would you mind closing the door ? transformation”. 1. Can you sing a song ? 2. Can you take a cup of tea for me ? GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(139)</span> Pre-speaking T:ask sts to give the structure in last lesson . S:give the structure in last lesson . T:ask sts to make requests for questions . S:make requests for questions . T:call some sts to give requests . S:give requests . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes . T:explain the structures . S:take notes and copy this .. T:explain new words . S:repeat and copy this .. T:check the words . S:checking the words . While-speaking T:ask sts to work in pairs , one of you is a student A “a tourist” and the other is student B “tourist information officer” . Look at the information about your role and use it to make requests and suggestions .. 3. Can you turn on the lights ? 4. Can you speak English ? 5. Can you clean the board ? SPEAK Structures: Would / Do you mind …………… ? Would / Do you mind if ………… ? Example: 1. Can you close your book ? Would you mind closing your book ? 2. Can you sing a song ? 3. Can you tell a story ? 4. Can you speak English ? 5. Can you open your book ? Structures: Request: Would / Do you mind + V +ing ………… ? Ex: Would you mind closing the door ? Do you mind if + S+ V(infinitive) ……… ? Ex: Do you mind if I take a photo ? Would you mind if +S +V(past simple)……… ? Ex: Would you mind if I took a photo ? Reply: - Agree: No I don’t mind . / No , of course not . Not at all . / Please do . / Please go ahead . -Disagree: I ‘m sorry, I can’t . / I ‘m sorry, that is not possible . / I’d prefer you didn’t . / I’d rather you didn’t . New words : - suggest (v) đđề nghị (translation) - sound (v) nghe có vẻ (translation) - vegetarian (adj) ăn chay (diet) - coin (n) tiền xu (real thing ) - revolutionary (n) cuộc cách mạng (translation) Checking the words : slap on the board .. Example dialouge : A: Excuse me . Can you help me ? B: Yes Sir (madam) . What can Ido for you ? A: Yes, could you give me some information please ? B: Yes, of course . What information do you want ? A: I want to visit a museum . Would you mind suggest one ? B: I suggest you going to the History Museum .. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(140)</span> S:work in pairs . T:call some pairs to read the dialouge. S:read the dialouge . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes . Post-speaking T:ask sts to work in pairs give some requests and suggestions . S:work in pairs give some requests and suggestions . Pre-listening T:stick the map on the board and ask sts some questions . S:look at the map and answer the questions .. A: That sounds interesting . Do you mind telling me what time it opens ? B: It opens from 8 am to 4 pm every day except Monday . A: Thank you very much . B: You are welcome . Example: S1: Would you mind moving your car? S2: No, of course not. ………………………………………………………… …………………… Listen Questions: 1. What do you see on the map ? 2. How many roads / streets / offices are there in the map ? Answers: 1. I see bridge, river, roads ……… on the map . 2. there are 2 roads, 1 street ……… .. While-listening T:ask sts to listen to the tape 2 times about the positions of the places mentioned above on the map . S:listen to the tape 2 times about the positions of the places mentioned above on the map . T:ask sts to check the answers with Answers: partners . a) restaurant S:check the answers with partners b) hotel T:call some sts to give the answers c) bus station S:give the answers . d) pagoda T:take the tape again and correct e) temple them. S:listen to the tape again and take notes and copy this . Post-listening T:ask sts to summarize the dialouge . S:summarize the dialouge . T:call 1 or 2 sts to read the summary . S:read the summary . Consolidation Example: T:ask sts to ask and answer about S1: would you mind telling me the way to MHS GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(141)</span> the way . S:ask and answer about the way .. market ? S2: ………………………………………………………… ……………. VI.Homework : -Learn by heart new words and rewrite answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :READ. VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………... Week:24 UNIT 11 : TRAVELING AROUND VIET NAM Date:12/02/2011 Lesson 3 :Read Period: 67 I.Aim: Reading for details about some places of interest in Viet Nam. II.Objectives: Sts will be able to get information from simple advertisements. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: (none) 2.New words : offshore , eternal, waterfall, tribe, slope, jungle, heritage, cave, limestone, magnificent . IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words and give requests. 3.New lesson : READ Teacher and students’ activities content Warm up What's this place ? T:ask sts to play game . * Da Lat S:play game “What's this plac 1. It is called the city of Eternal Spring. 2. It has a lot Of waterfalls and lakes. 3. You can find the most, kinds of flowers here. * NhaTrang 1. It's a seaside resort. 2. It has a very big monument of Buddha. 3. It has an Oceanic Institute. * SaPa 1. It is a mountainous resort. 2. It has tribal villages. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(142)</span> Pre-reading T:explain the words . S:repeat and copy this .. T:check the words . S:checking the words . While-reading T:ask sts to read the advertisement 1 time and answer the questions . S:read the advertisement 1 time and answer the questions . T:call some sts to answer the questions S:answer the questions . T:ask sts to read the advertisement again and do exercise 1 . S:read the advertisement again and do exercise 1 . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers . S:give the answers . T:listen and correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. 3. Sometimes it has snow. * Ha Long Bay 1. It is recognized as a World Heritage Site by UNESSCO. 2. It has a lot of caves. 3. It consists of a lot of islands. Vocabulary : - accommodation (nu) (a place to live, work or stay in) - giant (adj) = very big - tribe (n) dân tộc thiểu số (translation) tribal (adj) - slope (n) sườn núi (translation) - jungle (n) (a very thick forest) - limestone (n) đá vôi (translation) - cave (n) hang (translation) - eternal (adj) vĩnh cửu Checking new words: Bingo Questions: 1.which place are there flower gardens 2. which place are there caves ? 3. which place are there tribes ? Answers: 1. Da Lat 2. Ha Long Bay 3. Sa Pa. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. NT. DL. SP. HLB. Caves Flights to HN Hotels Local transport Mini-hotels Mountain slopes Railway Restaurants Sand beaches Tourist attractions Types of food Villages Waterfall World heritage GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(143)</span> Answers: Nha Trang. Post-reading T:ask ss to answer the questions . S:answer the questions .. Da Lat. Sa Pa. Ha Lon g. Nha Rong. a b c d e Questions: 1. Where did you travel in last summer? 2. How did you feel? 3. What did you do ? 4. What did you buy for your patents and your friends ?. VI.Homework : -Learn by heart new words and rewrite answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :WRITE. VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………… Week:24 UNIT 11 : TRAVELING AROUND VIET NAM Date:12/02/2011 Lesson 4 : WRITE Period: 68 I.Aim: To help Ss practice in writing a narrative using a guided composition. II.Objectives: Sts will be able to know how to write a narrative. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: (none) 2.New words : canoe, rescue, lean, overturn, paddle, stumble . IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk ,card boards . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts write the words . 3.New lesson : WRITE Teacher and students’ activities content Warm up Which word ? T:ask sts to play game . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(144)</span> S:play game “Which word ? “ T:ask sts to put the missing words in a box on the board and have Ss study first (Use Vietnamese) S:put the missing words in a box on the board .. Pre-writing T:explain the words . S:repeat and copy this . :ask sts to check the words . S:checking the words . T:set the scene :”Last week, while on vacation in Dalat, The Jones family had quite an unforgetable adventure on Xuan Huong Lake.What did they do and what happened to them ?” S:listen to the teacher . T:ask sts to complete the story in the correct order . S:complete the story in the correct order . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to read the completed story . S:read the completed story . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . While-writing T:Ask Ss to look at the pictures again and rearrange the events in the correct chronological order to make it a story. S:look at the pictures again and rearrange the events in the correct chronological order to make it a story. T:ask sts to check the answer with partners . S:check the answer with partners .. written events climax attention brief A narrative is a sequence of ......(l).....These events are usually ....(2)….. in chronological order and often lead to a ....... (3)......The first sentence of a narrative should get the reader's.....(4)..... .and the ending should be......(5)...... Answer Key: 1. events 2. written 3. climax 4. attention 5. brief Vocabulary: - canoe (n) ca nô (picture / drawing) - paddle (v) chèo thuyền (translation) - overturn (v) lật úp (drawing) - rescue (v) cứu vớt (to save somebody 's life from danger) - stumble (v) vấp ngã (picture) - lean (v) nghiêng người (translation) Checking words : Jumbled words. Answer Key: c)  a)  g)  d)  f)  b)  e). GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(145)</span> T:call some sts to give the feedback. S:give the feedback. T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to work in group of 6 and write the story about Uyen. S:work in group of 6 and write the story about Uyen. Post-writing T:call some sts to hang the story about Uyen on the board . S:hang the story about Uyen on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. Answer Key: d)  c)  e)  h)  a)  f)  c)  g). Example story: Uyen had a day to remember last week. She had a Math exam on Friday but she got up late. Sherealized her alarm clock did hot go off. As she was leaving home, it started to rain heavily. Uyen tried to run as fast as she could. Suddenly she stumbled against a rock and fell onto the road. Her schoolbag went into a pool of water and everything got wet. Strangely, the rain stopped as she got to her classroom. Luckily, Uyen had eriough time to finish her exam.. VI.Homework : -Learn by heart new words and write a story about you . -Prepare new lesson :Language Focus . VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……….. Week:24 UNIT 11 : TRAVELING AROUND VIET NAM Date:12/02/2011 Lesson 5 : LANGUAGE FOCUS Period: 69 I.Aim: To help Ss practice in using present and past participles. II.Objectives: Ss will be able to use present and past participle describe things and people and requests . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: present and past participle and requests . 2.New words :(none). IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk ,card boards . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to read the story and write the words . 3.New lesson : LANGUAGE FOCUS . Teacher and students’ activities GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Content GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(146)</span> Warm up T:ask sts to play game . S:play game “Memory names” T:ask sts to open their books and observe the picture on page 109 carefully. S:observe the picture on page 109 carefully.. Memory names : Ex: Ba (reading book) ……………………………………………………… ………………………. Exercise 1. T:ask sts to look at the example and give the form of the verb . S:look at the example and give the form of the verb . T:explain the form of the structure . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to do exercise 1 . S:do exercise 1 . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy down .. Example : The man talking to Mr Vu is my father . Present participle . Form: Verb + ing. Answer Key: 1. The man walking up the stairs is Mr Quang. 2. The woman carrying a bag is Miss Lien . 3. The boy talking to Miss Lien is Nam . 4. The girl standing by the table is Lan . 5. The girls playing chess are Hoa on the left and Nga on the right . Exercise 2. T:ask sts to look at the example and give the form of the verb . S:look at the example and give the form of the verb . T:explain the form of the structure . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to look at the words in the box and the picture on page 109 to do the matching. S:look at the words in the box and the picture on page 109 to do the matching. T:call some sts to give the answers . S:give the answers . T:ask sts to do exercise 1 .. Example : The old lapm made in China is five dollars . Past participle . Form: V 3 , ed Matching :. 1. box 2. truck 3. lamp 4. doll 5. flowers 6. toys Answers: 1. f 2. c. a. wrap in b. dreSs in c. recycled from d. keep in e. make in f. paint 3. e. 4. b. 5. a. 6. d. Answers:. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(147)</span> S:do exercise 1 . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy down .. 1. The box painted green is one dollar. 2. The truck made from recycled cans is 2 dollars. 3. The doll dressed in red is 2dollars . 4. The flowers wrapped in blue paper is 1 dollar. 5. The toys kept in a cardboard box are 10 dollars .. Exercise 3: T:ask sts to retell the structure “request and reply “. S:retell the structure “request and reply “. T:ask sts to work with partner to do exercise 3 . S:work with partner to do exercise 3 T:call some pairs to read the answers S:read the answers . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. T:ask sts to work with partner to do exercise 4 . S:work with partner to do exercise 4 T:call some pairs to read the answers S:read the answers . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Consolidation T:ask Ss to use the right form of the verbs in the box to fill in the gaps. S:use the right form of the verbs in the box to fill in the gaps.. Requests: Do / Would you mind + V +ing …… ? Do you mind if I + V (present simple)…… ? Would you mind if I +V (past simple)… ? Reply : No . of course not I am sorry . I can’t . ……………………………………………………… ……………………… Ex: Would you mind saying that again ? Not at all . Answers: b. Would you mind putting out your cigarrete ? Please do . c. Would you mind getting me some coffee ? I am sorry . I can’t . d. Would you mind waiting for me a moment ? I am sorry . I can’t . Exercise 4. Answers: c. Do you mind if I postpone our meeting ? Not at all . d. Do you mind if I turn off the radio ? I ‘d rather you didn’t . e.Would you mind if I turn on the air conditioner. Please do . f. Would you mind if I watch TV while eating lunch ? No, of course not . sit break live water sing 1. The girl .......... at 50 Tran Hung Dao is my friend. 2. The garden ........every morning is full of flowers. 3. The cat.......... on tha table is hers.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(148)</span> 4. The vase.........yesterday is my father's favorite one. 5. The woman ........on the stage is my neighbor. Answer Key: 1. living 2. watered 3. sitting 4. broken 5. singing VI.Homework : -Rewrite the answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :Review of test 1 . VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………… Week:25 REVIEW OF TEST 1 Date:20/01/2010 Period: 70 I.Aim: Help Ss to review the structures from unit 9 to unit 11 II.Objectives: Ss will be able to know how to use the structures in the lesson . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: in oder to / so as to , simple future, passive form, present and past participle . 2.New words :(none). IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk ,card boards . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . (none) 3.New lesson : review of test 1. Teacher and students’ activities Warm up T.ask sts the past participle of the verbs. S.give the past participleof the verbs.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Present 1. go 2. do 3. buy 4.study 5. learn 6.get 7. hang 8.start 9.wear. Content Past participle. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(149)</span> 10.have T:ask sts to do exercise 3 . S:do exercise 3 . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy down . T:ask sts to do exercise 1 . S:do exercise 1 . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy down . T:ask sts to do exercise 2 . S:do exercise 2 . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy down . T:ask sts to do exercise 3 . S:do exercise 3 . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy down . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. Exercise 1. Combine each pair of sentences ,using adverbial phrases. 1.I went to the library.I want to return a book. 2. He is learning Vietnamese .He wishes to read Vietnamese books . 3.He opened the birb’s cage. He intended to feed the bird. 4.She went to the grocery store. She wanted to buy some sugar . Answers: 1.I went to the library so as to return a book. 2.He is learning Vietnamese in order to read Vietnamese books . 3.He opened the birb’s cage so as to feed the bird. 4.She went to the grocery store in order to buy some sugar .. Exercise 2. Future simple tense: Give the correct form of the verb. 1. They (arrive)………………….soon. 2. They (pay)…………..their bill tomorrow . 3. I (be)……………. Back at midnight . 4. She (meet)…………….us at the airport. 5. You (return)……………….. in May. Answer: 1. will arrive 2. will pay 3. will be 4. will meet 5. will return Exercise 3: Passive form: Turn the following sentences into passive. 1.He has finished the report. 2. Mr Jones teaches this class . 3. He will eat the cake . 4. The police captured the thief. 5. The students attended the course. Answers: 1. The report has been finish by him. 2. This class is taught by Mr Jones. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(150)</span> 3. The cake will be eaten by her . 4. The thief was captured by the police. 5. The course was attended by the students Exercise 4. Present and past participle: Choose the correct words in the sentences: 1.The(blowing/blown)………………wind damaged the house. 2.It was a (boring/bored)………………movie. 3.He tried to console the (crying/cried) …………………. Woman. 4. The (cleaning/cleaned)……………shoes were placed in the sun to dry . 5. The (breaking/broken) ………………..dishes lay in the floor. Answer: 1.blowing 2.boring 3.crying 4.cleaned 5.broken Example: The man talking to Miss Hoa is my father. ……………………………………………… …………………………………... T:ask sts to do exercise 3 . S:do exercise 3 . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy down .. Consolidation T:ask Ss to give some examples using the structure in the lesson. S:give some examples using the structure in the lesson.. VI.Homework : -Rewrite the answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson : TEST 1 . VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………. Chủ đề. NhËn biÕt KQ. I .Languagefocus. Th«ng hiÓu. TL. KQ. TL. 8. 8 2. III. Wrting. VËn dông KQ. TL. 8 2. Tæng. 24 2. 4. 6 4. 2 GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 2 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(151)</span> I. Reading. 4. 4 2. Tæng. 8. 8 2. 2. 16 2. 32 6. 10. TRƯỜNG THPT NGUYỄN HÙNG HIỆP ĐỀ KIỂM TRA LẦN 3 Name:.............................................. MOÂN: TIEÁNG ANH 8 (ĐỀ LẺ) Class: 8 ........ THỜI GIAN : 45’(Không tính thời gian giao đề) I. Choose the best answer : (4ms ) 1. All the letters…………… yesterday. A- delivers B- delivered C- was delivered D- were delivered 2.The glass bottles will be broken ………. small pieces. A- at B-into C- from D- by 3. I am happy…………………..all the exams. A- to pass B- pass C- passed D- passing 4. I need some money ………….. buy a new dictionary. A- for B- so that C- in order to D- when 5. This computer is made…………….. the USA A- at B- from C- of D- in 6 . Would you mind ……………off the radio. A- turns B- turning C- turned D- turn 7. The man …………… the house is my uncle. A- painting B- paint C- are painting D. painted 8- Do you mind if I ……………… your bike. A- using B- use C- used D. to use 9. The car ………… in Japan is very expensive A- made B- make C- making D- makes 10. I promise I will do all the homework tomorrow. A- Yes, please B- Sure C- All right D- I hope so 12. Diana is studying medicine so as to be a………………. A- teacher B- doctor C- journalist D- businessman 13. Yesterday he went to the ……………. to buy some folders. A- drugstore B- restaurant C- bookstore D- factory 14. You should use cloth bag …………..of plastic bag. A.- beside B- instead C- apart D- without 15-This car ………………by Nam tomorrow. A- is cleaned B- will cleaned C- will is cleaned D- will be cleaned 16- Will you empty the garbage can, please? A- Don’t forget B- That would be nice C- I’m glad D- Ok II Choose the underline word or phrase A,B,C or D in each sentence that need GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(152)</span> corecting (2ms) 1. This door is open by Nam. A B C D 2. I promise I won’t to play soccer in the house again. A B C D 3. In my opinion, it is very important to keeping the environment clean A B C D 4. Would you mind if I smoking here? A B C D III/ Circle the best sentence A,B,C or D made from the suggested words (2ms) 1. It/ diffiicult/open/this case. A. It is difficult open this case. B. It is difficult for opening this case. C. It is difficult opens this case D. It is difficult to open this case. 2. When / the match/ will/start? A. When will the match started? B. When will the match to be started? C. When will the match be started? D. When will be the match started? 3. Would/ mind/ open/window? A. would you mind opening the window? B. would you mind open the window? B. would you mind opened the window? B. would you mind to open the window? 4. The woman/ wear/ pink dress/ my teacher. A. The woman wearing a pink dress my teacher. B. The woman wore a pink dress is my teacher. C. The woman wears a pink dress is my teacher. D. The woman wearing a pink dress is my teacher.. V. Read the passage and answer True or False(2,0ms) Machu Picchu is an ancient city in Peru. The construction of the city started in 1450. The city covers about 13 square kilometers. For centuries, the city was buried in the jungle and wasnot discoyered until 1911. Today, Machu Picchu is one of the most famous tourist attractions in all parts of South American. The Great Wall of China is the longest man-made structure ever built. Much of what exists of the wall today was built during the Ming dynasty in the late 1400s, although parts of the wall are much older and go back to around 200 B.C. The wall is about 11 meters high. The main part of the wall stretches for about 3,400 kilometers. 1. Machu Picchu is a modern city. …………….. 2. The city is attractive to many tourists from South American. ………… 3. The Great Wall of China was constructed by man. …………… 4. Many parts of the wall were built around 200 B.C. ………… The end. Good luck to you! GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(153)</span> Week:25 Date: 20/02/2011 Period :72. UNIT 12: A VACATION ABROAD Lesson 1 : Getting started - Listen & Read. I.Aim: Reading for details about making plans for a vacation abroad. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss will be aware of how to make, accept and decline invitations. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: making an invitation . 2.New words :surprise, include, pick, come on, business meeting, unfortunately. IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk ,card boards , stereo. V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . (none) . 3.New lesson:Getting Started and Listen and Read . Teacher and students’ activities Content Warm up GETTING STARTED T:ask sts to play game . Guessing game: S:play game “guessing game” Answer Key: T:show the photocopied pictures a) The USA b) Australia c) Thailand to Ss; one by one, and ask Ss to d) Britain e) Canada f) Japan guess what country it is. S:guess what country it is. T:ask sts to work in pairs to tell Chatting: wich country you would like to Ex: visit and why . Teacher: Where do you want to visit among these S:work in pairs to tell wich countries ? country you would like to visit Student: ............ and why . Teacher: Why ? T:call some pairs to read the Student: .................. dialouge . S:read the dialouge . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Pre-listening LISTEN AND READ T:explain the words . Vocabulary S:repeat and copy this . - include (v) bao gồm (translation) - come over (v) (explanation) (to come to someone's house to visit for a short time) - pick (someone) up (v) (explanation) (to come and get someone in your car to drive him / her to a place.) GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(154)</span> T:explain the structure . S:take notes and copy this . While-listening T:ask sts to listen to the tape 2 times and check the statements Tor F . S:listen to the tape 2 times and check the statements Tor F . T:ask sts to check the answers wih partners . S:check the answers wih partners T:take the tape again and correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. Checking the words: Rub Out and Remember Structure: making an invitation Ex: would you like to come and stay with us ? True/ False statements: the scene: Mrs Quyen is going to the USA for a vacation. She is ringing her friend, Mrs Smith, to tell her about the trip. 1. Mrs Quyen is calling Mrs Smith from the airport in San Francisco. 2. Mrs Smith invite Mrs Quyen and her husband to stay with her while they are in town. 3. Mrs Quyen doesn’t accept Mrs Smith ‘s invitation because she want to stay with a Vietnamese friend of hers. 4. Mrs Quyen and her husband will be in the USA for 3 days. 5. Mrs Quyen and her husband will come over to Mrs Smith’s place for dinner one night. Answer Key: 1. False  Mrs Quyen is calling Mrs Smith from Ha Noi 2. True 3. False  …because her accommodation is included in her ticket price. 4. True 5. False  Only Mrs Quyen will come over to Mrs Smith’s Answer Key:. T:ask sts to read the dialouge and complete Mrs . Quyen’s schedule. S:read the dialouge and complete Mrs . Quyen’s schedule. T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to work in pairs , asking and answering the questions . S:work in pairs , asking and. Date Mon 25 Schedule Coming to San Francisc o. Tue 26 Wed 27 Going Having out dinner with the Smiths. Thur 28 LeavingSan Francisco. Answer Key : a) No, they won’t. Because they are coming on a tour, and their accommodation is included in the ticket price, so they will stay at the hotel. b) No, he won’t. Because he will have a business meeting in the evening that day. c) Mrs Smith will pick her up at her hotel.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(155)</span> answering the questions . T:call some pairs to give the answers S:give the answers . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Consolidation T:ask sts to give the sentences in the dialouge using making an invitation, accepting an invitation, declining an invitation and making a complaint . S:give the sentences in the dialouge using making an invitation, accepting an invitation, declining an invitation and making a complaint .. Ex: 1. Making an invitation. “Would you like to come and stay with us…?” “… you must come over for dinner one night.” 2. Accepting an invitation: “Yes, we’d love to but we’ll only be in town for three nights”. 3. Declining an invitation: “That’s very kind of you but we’re coming on a tour…” 4. Making a complaint: “Oh dear. He’s always working”. VI.Homework : -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :SPEAK AND LISTEN . VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……….. Week:26 UNIT 12: A VACATION ABROAD Date:27/02/2011 Lesson 2: Speak and Listen Period :73 I.Aim: To get Ss to practice in making plans using tourist brochi flight information and Listening for information about the weather. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to talk about their plans for a trip abroad, Practice in listening to the weather forecast for information the weather in big cities in the world. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: (none) . 2.New words :via, rate per night, single, double, facility, gym, minus degree, degree centigrate . IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk ,card boards , stereo. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(156)</span> V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words . 3.New lesson: Speak and Listen . Teacher and students’ activities Content Warm-up Quit: T:ask sts to play game . 1. What's the end of everything ? (letter S:play game “quit” . g) 2. What word starts with T, ends with T, and is full of T? (Teapot ; Pot  full of) 3. What's in the middle of New York City ? (York) 4. Which river in America has 4 eyes ? (Mississippi; four eyes  hononym) • Pre-speaking SPEAKING T:explain the words . Vocabulary: S:repeat and copy down . - itinerary (n)(a plan for a journey including the route and the places you visit.) - gallery (n) (I go to this place to see works of arts to be shown. What's it in English ?) - flight = a journey made by plane. - via (prep) = through a place, - facilities (n) (translation) - brochure (n) (translation) T;ask sts to check the words . Checking technique: Slap the board S:checking the words . While-speaking T:ask sts to answer the questions S:answer the questions .. Questions: * For the flight information table: + How many flights a week can you take from Los Angeles to Boston ? + Which flight can you take every day of the week? * For the Hotel advertisement table: + Which of the hotel is cheaper ? + How much is a double room in Revere Hotel ? How about the Atlantic Hotel ? * For the Travel brochure: + Where can you visit ?............ The scene: T:introduce the scene . These people are making a plan, for their trip from S:listen to the teacher . Los Angeles to Boston. Let's do it with them ! T:ask sts to work in pairs and Example dialouge : complete the itinerary . A: Where shall we stay ? S:work in pairs and complete the B: We shall stay at Atlantic Hotel . The price there is itinerary . reasonable and it also has swimming pool . T:call some pairs to read the A: What time shall we leave Los Angeles ? GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(157)</span> itinerary. S:read the itinerary. T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Post-speaking T:ask sts to make a plan for their coming summer holiday by filling the information in their itinerary. S:make a plan for their coming summer holiday by filling the information in their itinerary. T:call some pairs to read the dialouge . S:read the dialouge . Pre-listening T:ask sts to some questions . S:answer the questions .. T:explain the words . S:repeat and copy this .. While-listening T:ask sts to listen to the tape 2 times and complete the table with the weather information . S:listen to the tape 2 times and complete the table with the weather information . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:take the tape again and correct them . Post-listening T:ask sts to answer the question . S:answer the question .. B: The flight will depart at 14.pm on Monday and we shall arrive in Boston at 18.pm . As scheduled, we shall leave Boston on Thursday .. Depart (Hue):.......................... Arrive (Ho chi Minh City):................. Accommodation:..................... Sightseeing:.......................... Depart (HCM City):......................... LISTENING Questions : 1. What is the weather like today ? 2. What is the weather like in Spring , Fall, Summer, Winter in VN ? 3. Which season do you like best ? why? New words : - humid (adj) độ ẩm - snowy (adj) có tuyết - minus degree (n) độ âm - degree centigrate (n) độ C Answers:. City 1. Sydney 2. Tokyo. weather dry; windy dry; windy humid, cold warm; dry windy; cloudy. Temperatu re Low High 20 26 15. 22. 3. -3 7 London 4. 24 32 Bangkok 5. 8 15 NewYor k 6. Paris cool; dry 10 16 Question: 1. Which is the best weather forecast in VN? Why ?. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(158)</span> VI.Homework : -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :READ . VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………… Week:26 UNIT 12: A VACATION ABROAD Date: 27/02/2011 Lesson 3 :Read Period :74 I.Aim: Reading for infonnation about the places of interest in the world. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss can obtain some knowledgt about some scenic sports in the U.S.A III.Language focus : 1.Grammar : (none) . 2.New words :vocano, lava, pour out, carve, be situated, overhead . IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to write the words . 3.New lesson: Read . Teacher and students’ activities Content Warm up Pelmanism: Adjectives - Nouns T:ask sts to play game . Adjectives Nouns S:play game “Pelmanism” humid humidity T:prepare 12 cardboards warm warmth numbered from 1 to 12 on one windy wind side and the words on the other dry dryness side. cloudy cloud S:listen to the rules of the game. cool coolness Pre-reading Questions: T:ask sts some questions . 1. Do you remember Mrs Quyen ? S:answer the questions . 2. What plan did she have in USA ? T:explain the words . Vocabulary: S:repeat and copy this . - volcano (n) (picture/ drawing) - lava (n) (picture/ drawing) - pour out (v) (picture/drawing) pour out. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(159)</span> volcano. T:ask sts to check the words . S:check the words .. While-reading T:ask sts to read the postcards from Mrs Quyen to her children and complete the table . S:read the postcards from Mrs Quyen to her children and complete the table T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to work in pairs read the postcards again and ask and answer the questions . S:work in pairs read the postcards again and ask and answer the. - carve (v) (translation) - be situated (v) (translation) - overhead (adv) = above your head Checking technique: Ordering "Mrs Quyen & her husband visited many places of interest in the V.S.A while they were there. First they went swimming at Waikiki Beach situated on the Hawaiian Island of Oahu. There they could see the lava pouring out of the Kilawea Volcano when they flew. overhead. They also saw the heads of 4 American Presidents carved into the rock of Mount Rushmore..." Answer Key. Volcano (6) overhead (7) Island (3) lava (4) went swimming (1) pouring out (5) carved (8) situated (2) Answer Key: Place a. Hawaii b. New York c. Chicago d.Mount Rushmore e.San Fancisco. What she did and saw Went swimming, visited Kilawea Volcano. Went shopping, bought lots of souvenirs Saw Lake Michigan Saw the heads of 4 American Presidents Visited Fisherman’s wharf, the Napa Valley wine-growing area and the Alcatraz Prison.. Answer Key: a) She went there by plane. b) She saw the famous prison on the island of Alcatraz. c) It is the mount where the heads of four American Presidents are carved into the rock; and it can be seen from more than 100 km away.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(160)</span> questions . T:call some pairs to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Post-reading T:ask sts to answer the questions. S:answer the questions.. d) It is also called " The windy City" e) She went shopping.. Questions: 1. which places in VN have you visited ? 2. How did you go there ? 3. Where did you stay ? 4. How did you feel ?. VI.Homework : -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :WRITE . VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……….. Week:26 Date: 27/02/2011 Period :75. CORRECT THE THIRD TEST. I. Choose the best answer : (4ms 1.D 2.B 3.A 4.C 5.D 6.B 7.A 8.B. 9.A 10.D 11.B 12.B 13.C 14.B 15.D 16.D. II Choose the underline word or phrase A,B,C or D in each sentence that need corecting (2ms 1.C 2.B 3.C 4.D GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(161)</span> III/ Circle the best sentence A,B,C or D made from the suggested words (2ms) 1.D 2.C 3.A 4.D IV. Read the passage and answer True or False(2,0ms) 1.F 2.F 3.T 4.F Week: 27 UNIT 12: A VACATION ABROAD Date:05/03/2011 Lesson 4: WRITE Period :76 I.Aim: To get Ss to practice in writing a postcard. II.Objectives: Ss will be a le to write postcards to their friends about their trip. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar : (none) . 2.New words :(none) . IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to write the words . 3.New lesson:WRITE . Teacher and students’ activities Content Warm-up  Lucky numbers: T:ask sts to play game . Questions: S:play game “lucky numbers” 1. Where did Mrs Quyen & her husband spend their holiday? - In the U.S.A 2. Lucky number 3. What did they see on Mount Rushmore? - The heads of 4 American Presidents carved into the rock . 4. Who did they visit when they were in the U.S.A? - The Smiths. 5. Lucky number 6. What did Mrs Quyen do while her husband was visiting the Statue of Liberty? GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(162)</span> - She went shopping. 7. Lucky number. 8. What did Mrs Quyen buy? - Lots of souvenirs. 9. What did she send to her children from the U.S.A? - Postcards . 10. Lucky number. Questions: 1. Do you always send postcards to your friends or relatives when you are on holiday ? 2. What do you write on postcards ? The scene: From the U.S.A, Mrs Quyen sent a postcard to her friend Sally to tell her about the trip. Answer key 1. in 2. people 3. weather 4.visited 5.her 6.nice/lovely 7. bought 8. for 9. heaviness 10. soon. Pre-writing T:ask sts some questions . S:answer the questions . T:set the scene. S:listen to the teacher . T:ask sts to read the postcard 1 time and conplete the missing words . S:read the postcard 1 time and conplete the missing words . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners. S:check the answers with partners. T:call some sts to read the completed postcard. S:read the completed postcard. T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . While-writing Questions: T:ask sts some questions . 1. What do you write about the place? S:answer the questions . 2.What was the weather like? 3. Who did you meet ? 4. What did you visits ? 5. What did you buy ? T:ask sts to work in group of 6 to Set the scene: write the postcard . Imagine you are a tourist on vacation in a certain place S:work in group of 6 to write the (city in Viet Neon, Write a postcard to a friend about postcard . your trip, using the information in the grid. Post-writing T:call some group to hang the postcard on the board . S:hang the postcard on the board. T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. Example postcard: I am having a wonderful time in HT . The people here are very hospitable and friendly . We are very happy, the weather has been fine and sunny during the trip . I saw a lot of caves here and visited beach . They are really beautiful . I bought lot of souvenirs and hats for my parents and friends . See you soon Your friend. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(163)</span> Ba VI.Homework : -Rewrite the answers in your notebooks and write a postscard for some one . -Prepare new lesson :Language focus . VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………… Week:27 UNIT 12: A VACATION ABROAD Date:05/03/2011 Lesson 5: Language Focus Period: 77 I.Aim: Practice in Past progressive and Present progressive tenses with "always". II.Objectives: Ss will be able to talk about activities using the Present and Past progressive tenses. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :Past progressive and Present progressive tenses with "always” . 2.New words :(none) . IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to write the words . 3.New lesson:WRITE . Teacher and students’ activities Content Warm-up Question: T:ask ss a question. What were you doing at 7 o’clock last night ? S:answer the question. Exercise 1 T:ask sts to look at the examples and give the form of the structure . S:look at the examples and give the form of the structure .. Examples: 1. Ba was talking a shower at 8 o’clock last night . 2. They were watching TV at 7 o’clock last night . Past progressive tense : Form: was / were + V +ing a) What was Ba doing at 8 o'clock last night ?" T:ask sts to do exercise 1 . Ba was talking a shower at 8 o’clock last night . S:do exercise 1 Answers: T:ask sts to check the answers with b) Hoa was having dinner at 8 o’clock last night . partners . c) Bao was reading a comic at 8 o’clock last night . S:check the answers with partners d) Nga was writing a letter at 8 o’clock last night . T;correct them . e) Na was walking with her dog at 8 o’clock last night . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(164)</span> S:take notes and copy this .. f) Lan was talking to her grandmother at 8 o ’clock last night . Teami. Exercise 2 T:ask sts to look at the examples and give the form of the structure . S:look at the examples and give the form of the structure .. Example: 1. We were eating the dinner when Ba came . 2. While Hoa was cooking for lunch , her mother went out . Form: Past progressive when past simple . T:ask sts to do exercise 2 . Past simple while past progressive . S:do exercise 2 Answers: T:ask sts to check the answers with a- C partners . b- F S:check the answers with partners c- E T;correct them . d- B S:take notes and copy this . e- D f- A Exercise 3 T:ask sts to look at the examples and give the form of the structure . S:look at the examples and give the form of the structure .. Examples: 1. They are always coming late . 2. He is always forgetting his homework. Present Progressive tense with “always” Form: is/ am/ are + always+ V+ing Meaning : expressing a complain . T:ask sts to do exercise 3 . Answers: S:do exercise 3. b) Mrs Nga is always losing her umbrella . T:ask sts to check the answers with c) Mr and Mrs Thanh are always missing the bus . partners . d)Nam is always watching TV . S:check the answers with partners e) Na is always talking on the phone . T;correct them . f) Liem is always going out . S:take notes and copy this . Consolidation Questions: T:ask sts some questions. What are you doing at 7 /8 /9 o’clock last night ? S:answer the questions . Why are you going to school late ? VI.Homework : -Rewrite the answers in your notebooks and give 2examples for each structure . -Prepare new lesson :Unit 13: Getting Started and Listen and Read . VII.Drawing experience : GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(165)</span> ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………… Week:27 UNIT 13: FESTIVALS Date:22/02/2010 Lesson 1: Getting Started - Listen & Read Period: 78 I.Aim: Reading for details about traditional Festivals. II.Objectives: Ss will be able to ask for explanations of events. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :compound words . 2.New words :fetch, yell, urge, participate, award, rub, seperate . IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk, stereo . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . (none) . 3.New lesson: Getting Started and Listen and Read Teacher and students’ activities Content Warm-up GETTING STARTED: T:ask sts to play game . Chatting S:play game “chatting” 1.Tom likes swimming and sunbathing. T:write the names on the board and Where should he go?.,.....Why?...... ask sts to tell these people are 2. David is interested in ancient cities going to go on their visits to  ? Vietnam and they need advice on 3. Huckleberry likes mountain • climbing  ? where to go. 4. Oliver is keen on pottery  ? S:tell these people are going to go 5.Robinson is fond of crowded places on their visits to Vietnam and they  ? need advice on where to go. Answers: 1. Ha Long Bay ,……………… 2. Hue citadel,……………… 3. Sa Pa, ………………………… 4. Bat Trang, …………………… 5. HCM City , ……………… Pre-listening LISTEN AND READ T:stick the picture on the board ans Questions: ask sts some questions . 1. Who are they in the picture ? S:look the picture and answer the 2. What are they doing ? questions . 3. Which festival is it in the picture ? Vocabulary: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(166)</span> T:explain the words . S:repeat and copy this .. - fetch (v) (to go to get (sth) and bring it back.) - yell (v) = to shout loudly - urge (v) (to make a person / an animal move more quickly) - rub (v) (mime) - participate(v) = to take part in • participation (n) - award (v) (situation)(He is the winner of the competition. They (award) him the first prize.) Checking the words : rub out and remember.. T:checking the words . S:checking the words . While-listening T:set the scene . S:listen to the teacher .. The scene: Ba invites his friend Liz to a traditional festival in the North of Vietnam. Do you know what kind of festival it is? T:take the tape 2 times . (It is the rice cooking festival.) S:listen to the tape 2 times . - Ask Ss to guess what they are going to read by T;ask sts to practice the dialouge in asking questions then write Ss' answers on the board. pairs . S:practice the dialouge in pairs . T:call some pairs to practice the dialouge . S:practice the dialouge . T:listen to and check their pronunciation . S:take notes . Post-listening Answers: T:ask sts to read the dialouge and a) False  Only one team member takes part in the check the statements T or F . water-fetching contest. S:read the dialouge and check the b) False  One person has to collect one water statements T or F . bottle. T:ask sts to check the answers with c) True partners . d) False  Pieces of bamboo are used to make the S:check the answers with partners fire. T:call sose sts to give the answers . e) False  In the final contest, the judges taste the S:give the answers . rice. T:correct them . d) True S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts some questions . Questions : S:answer the questions . + How many competitions do people enter in a ricecooking festival? GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(167)</span> + In water-festival competition, what do people do? +How about a fire- making competition? + A ricecooking competition? Questions : 1. Have you ever taken part in a rice-cooking festival ? 2. Do you like it ?. Consolidation T:ask sts some questions . S:answer the questions . VI.Homework : -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :SPEAK and LISTEN . VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………… Week:28 Date:12/03/2010 Period: 79. UNIT 13 : FESTIVALS Lesson 2: SPEAK and LISTEN. I.Aim: Practice in talking about preparations and listening for details. II.Objectives: SS will be able to talk about their preparations for a special event. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :(none) . 2.New words :tidy, pomegranate, peach blossom, apricot, marigold, dried watermelon seed . IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk ,stereo . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to read the dialouge and write the words . 3.New lesson: Speak and Listen Teacher and students’ activities Warm – up T:ask sts to play game . S:play game “Find things in common” T:ask Ss to think of 5 things they often prepare for Tet and write them down on a piece of paper. S:think of 5 things they often. Content Find things in common Suggestions: - Decorate / clean / paint the house/ the room/the yard... - Buy cakes/ candies/ drinks/ food/ fruits… - Cook/ make cakes - Get/ buy new dress... - Write / send New Year cards to friends/. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(168)</span> prepare for Tet and write them relatives..................... down on a piece of paper. Presentation SPEAK T:explain the words . Vocabulary: S:repeat and copy this . - Pomegranate (n) quả lựu - tidy (v) dọn dẹp - tailor (n) thợ may T:checking the words . - sweetie (n) con yêu S:check the words . Checking the words: rub out and remember T:ask sts to work in pairs and read the dialogue on page 123 and put the sentences in the correct order. S;work in pairs and read the dialogue on page 123 and put the sentences in the correct order. T:call some pairs to read the Answer Key: completed dialouge . A F B  G S:read the completed dialouge . C H E  I T:listen to and correct them . D J S:take notes and copy this . Practice Example dialouge: T:ask sts to work in pairs and make A: Is your school festival tomorrow ? up the dialouge . Talk about B: Yes. That is right . preparations for another festival. A:What should you prepare first ? S:work in pairs and make up the B: We should decorate our classroom . dialouge . Talk about preparations A: What will you do next ? for another festival. B: We will clean the window , cover the teacher ’ s T:call some pairs to read the table with plastic towel . dialouge . A: Will you invite your friends ? S:read the dialouge . B: Yes., of course . Would you like to take part in T:listen to and correct them . our class ? S:take notes . A: I ‘d love to . B: Bye. A: Bye . See you soon . Production Questions: T:ask sts some questions . 1. What do you often prepare for Tet ? S:answer the questions . 2. Where do you go to on Tet ? Pre-listening LISTEN T;ask sts some questions . Questions: S:answer the questions . 1. What kinds of food do we have to prepare for Tet ? 2. What kinds of fruit do we have to prepare for Tet ? 3. What kinds of flowers do we need to buy for Tet ? T:explain the words . New words: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(169)</span> S:repeat and copy this .. T:checking the words . S:check the words . While-listening T;set the scene . S:listen to the teacher . T:ask sts to listen to the tape 2 times . S:listen to the tape 2 times . T:ask sts to listen to the tape again and fill in the gaps . S:listen to the tape again and fill in the gaps . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners T:call some sts to give the answers S:give the answers . T:ask sts to listen to the tape again and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to complete the notes . S:complete the notes . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners T:call some sts to give the answers S:give the answers . T:ask sts to listen to the tape again and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Post-listening T:ask sts some questions . S:answer the questions .. - jam (n) mứt - grapefruit (n) bưởi - peach blossom (n) hoa mai - marigold (n) hoa vạn thọ - spring roll (n) vòng hoa Checking the words: rub out and remember. The scene: Take Robinson family is making preparations for Tet. They want to buy things to make it a traditional festival as Vietnamese people do.. Answer Key: a. Mr Robinson / Flower market b. Traditional c. Dried watermelon seeds d. Make spring rolls Answers: Mr. Robinson. Liz. Mrs. Robinson. Things to do Go to the flower market to buy peach blossom and a bunch of marigolds. Go to the market to buy candies and a packet of dried watermelon seeds. go to Mrs. Nga’s to learn how to make spring rolls.. Questions: 1. What do you often do before Tet ? 2. What is the most importance for Tet ?. VI.Homework : -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :READ . VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(170)</span> ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………. Week:28 UNIT 13: FESTIVALS Date:14/03/2011 Lesson 3 :READ Period :80 I.Aim: Reading for details about Christmas, II.Objectives: Ss will read and get some knowledge about Christmas. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :(none) . 2.New words :spead, design, perform, poem, jolly, santa claus, patron saint . IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, Laptop . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to write the words . 3.New lesson: Read . Teacher and students’ activities Content Warm up Sing a song: T:ask sts to listen to the song . Christmas song. S:listen to the song “Christmas song”. T:ask sts to sing the song follow the tape . S:sing the song follow the tape . Pre-reading Questions: T:introduce the lesson . What is it ? S:listen to the teacher . It is christmas tree / christmas card / christmas T:stick the pictures on the boards carrol . and ask sts some questions . Who is this ? S:look at the pictures and answer the This is santa claus . questions . Vocabulary: T:T:explain the words . -spread (v) (explanation) S:repeat and copy this . (to cover a larger and larger area.) - Christmas carol (n) (example) (Silent night is a Christmas carol) - Patron saint (n) vị thánh đỡ đầu - jolly (adj) = happy and cheerful - decorate (v) trang trí (translation) - design (v) thiết kế - perform (v) trình diễn - poem (n) bài thơ T:checking the words . Checking the words: Jumbled words GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(171)</span> S:check the words .. a. tansa b. yljol c. locra aucls d. pdsear e. codraete f. ontrpatsian Answer Key: a. Santa Claus b. jolly c. carol d. spread e. decorate f. patron saint. While reading T:ask sts to read the passages 1 time and complete the table . S:read the passages 1 time and complete the table . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T;correct them . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to work in pairs , ask and asnswer the questions . S:work in pairs , ask and asnswer the questions . T:call some pairs to ask and answer the questions . S:ask and answer the questions . T:ask sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. Post-reading T;ask sts some questions . S:answer the questions .. Answer Key: Christmas Place of origin Specials The Christinas Riga Tree). Date early 1500s. The Christmas England Card). mid-19th century. Christmas Carol. no information. 800 years ago. Santa Claus. USA. 1823. Answer Key: 1. More than a century ago. 2. He wanted to send Christmas greetings to his friends. 3. 800 years ago. 4. An American professor named Clement Clarke Moore. 5. On the description of Saint Nicholas in professor Moore's poem. Questions: 1.Nowaday, was the christmas Eve organized in VN ? Where ? 2.Where did you see the christmas tree ? 3. Do you often send christmas cards to greet your friends ?. VI.Homework : -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :WRITE . VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …… GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(172)</span> ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …… Week:28 UNIT 13: FESTIVALS Date14/03/2011 Lesson 4: WRITE Period : 81 I.Aim: To get Ss to practice in writing a report. II.Objectives: Ss practice in writing a report on a festival they have joined. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :(none) . 2.New words :(none) . IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk , posters . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to write the words . 3.New lesson: WRITE . Teacher and students’ activities Content Warm-up Lucky number: T:ask sts to play game . 1. What do you call the festival where people have S:play game “Lucky Number”. to cook rice? - (the rice cooking festival 2. How many competitions are there in the ricecooking festival? What are they? - (3/ waterfetching, fire-making and rice-cooking) 3. Lucky number What do people use to fetch water? (bottles) 5. Lucky number 6. Do they use pieces of wood to make fire? (No. pieces of bamboo) 7. What do people have to do before they cook the rice? (separate the rice from the husk) 8. Lucky number 9. How many people are there altogether in a team taking part in the rice-cooking festival? (9, one for water-fetching, two for fire-making and six for rice-cooking) Pre-writing T:ask sts to read the dialouge on page 121 and fill in the gaps in this report . S:to read the dialouge on page 121 and fill in the gaps in this report . T:ask sts to check the answers with GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(173)</span> partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T;correct them . S:take notes and copy this . While writing T:ask sts to work in pairs ask and answer the questions on page 127 . S:work in pairs ask and answer the questions on page 127 . T:call some pairs to ask and answer the questions . S:ask and answer the questions . T:listen to and copy this . S:take notes . T:ask sts to work in group of 6 and write a similar report on a festival you joined recently . S:work in group of 6 and write a similar report on a festival you joined recently . Post-writing T:call some groups to hang the report on the board . S:hang the report on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. Answer Key: 1. Rice-cooking 3. water-fetching 5. water 7. bamboo 9. separate. The report : Name Place Length Activities How Comments. 2. one/a 4. run 6. traditional 8. six 10. added. Report. Example report : The School Festival This report shows how the school festival was held . The school festival was held in the school yard . There were 2 competitions : football- playing and song –singing . The festival took one day . In the football-playing contest . Each team had to compete together and tried to get “gold” to become the win team . In the song-sing contest each student tried to perform their song well . After the 2 cotests , all people felt very excited and happy .. VI.Homework : -Rewrite the answers in your notebooks and write a report for your friend . -Prepare new lesson :Language Focus. VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ….. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(174)</span> ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ….. Week:29 UNIT 13: FESTIVALS Date:20/03/2011 Lesson 5: LANGUAGE FOCUS Period :82 I.Aim: To get Ss to practice in reporting what was said and further practice in using the passive forms. II.Objectives: Ss will be able to use reported speech and the passive in the past present and future tenses. III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :passive form , compoun words, reported speech . 2.New words :(none) . IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . call 2 sts to read their report . 3.New lesson: Language Focus . Teacher and students’ activities Warm up T:ask sts to play game . S:play game “Pelmanism”. Content. Pelmanism: Infinitive - past participle Infinitive Past Participle put put write hold make break perform decorate Exercise 1 T:ask Ss to match the words in Matching Column A with the forms in A B Column B. Tenses Passive Form S:match the words in Column A with the forms in Column B. T:call some sts to give the answers . S:give the answers . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(175)</span> T:ask sts to do exercise 1 . S:do exercise 1 . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers . S:give the answers . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. T:stick the picture on the board and ask sts to look the picture and do exercise 2 S:look the picture and do exercise 2 T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers . S:give the answers . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. 1.Present a. was/were + past Simple participle 2.Past b.have/has been +past Simple participle 3.Future c.Is/am/are + past Simple participle 4.Present d. Will/shall + be + Perfect past participle. Answer Key: 1.c 2.a 3.d 4.b Answer Key: a. were performed b. was decorated/ put c. is made d. will be held e. was awarded f. was written Exercise 2. Answer key: 1. jumbled 4. scattered. 2.broken 5.pulled. 3.broken. Exercise 3 T:ask sts the questions . S:answer the questions .. T:explain the structure . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to do exercise 3 . S:do exercise 3 . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners .. Questions : 1.Do you remember the festival in old lesson ? 2. What is the name of the festival ? 3. How many compertitions are there in the festival ? what are they ? Answers: 1. yes . 2. rice-cooking festival . 3. there are 3 . water –fetching , fire-making, ricecooking . Structure: compound words . Form: N – V+ing Example: English – speaking Answers: a)It is a fire-making contest . b) It is a bull-fighting festival. c) It is a car-making industry.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(176)</span> T:call some sts to give the answers . S:give the answers . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . T:give example on the board . S:look at the example and give the foem of the structure. T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. d) It is a flower-arranging contest. e) It is a rice-exporting country f) It is a clothes-washing machine . Exercise 4 Structure:reported speech ex: He said, "I'm a plumber (quoted/ direct speech) Model sentences: Reported speech. He said he was a plumber (reported/ indirect speech) 1. Tenses Quoted speech Reported speech - Present simple  Past simple - Will  Would - must  had to 2. Pronouns: (depending on the subject of the main clause) 3. Adverb of place and time. This  That Now  then Here  there Today  that day Tomorrow  the next day Yesterday  the day before ago  before Answer Key: b. He said he could fix the faucets c. ______ the pipes were broken d. ______ new pipes were very expensive e. _______ you had to pay him then .. T:ask sts to do exercise 4 . S:do exercise 4 . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers . S:give the answers . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(177)</span> Consolidation Example: T:ask sts to give 2 sentences for English has taught since 2006 by Mr Duong. each structure . ……………………………………………………… S:give 2 sentences for each structure ………………………… . VI.Homework : -Rewrite the answers in your notebooks and write 2 sentences for each structure . -Prepare new lesson :unit 14. Getting Started and Listen and Read . VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……. ……………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………… ……….. Week:29 UNIT 14: WONDERS OF THE WORLD Date:05/03/2010 Lesson 1:GETTING STARTED,LISTEN & READ Period :83 I.Aim: Reading for details about wonders of the world. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, ss be able to -know about wonders of the world . -seek information about a language game to complete the summary . -develop listening,reading and speaking activities . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :question word + to +V(infinitive). 2.New words :stonehenge, the pyramids, sydney opera House, clue. IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk , tape . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . (none) . 3.New lesson: Getting Started , Listen and Read. Teacher and students’ activities Content Warm-up Networks: T:ask ss to play game “network”. Famouse places S:play game. in VN. HA LONG BAY ………………………………………………. T:show the pictures of the famous in Getting Started VN and ask ss some questions. Questions: GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(178)</span> S:look at the pictures and answer the questions . T:ask ss to match the names of these famous world landmarks to the correct pictures . S:match the names of these famous world landmarks to the correct pictures . T;call some ss to give the feedbacks. S:give the feedbacks. T;correct them . S:copy this . T:explain the words. S:repeat and copy this . Pre-listening T:set the scene: “Nga,Hoa and Nhi are playing a language game”. S:listen to the teacher . T:explain the words . S:repeat and copy this . T;checking the words . S:check the work . While-listening T:ask ss to listen to the tape 2 times. S:listen to the tape 2 times . T;ask ss to practice the dialouge in pairs. S:practice the dialouge in pairs. T:call some pairs to read the dialouge. S:read the dialouge. T:listen to and check their pronunciation. S:take notes . T:ask ss some questions. S;answer the questions . T:ask ss to read the dialouge again and check the statements T or F . S:read the dialouge again and check the statements T or F . T:call some ss to give the feedbacks S:give the feedbacks .. 1. What sight is it ? Where ? 2. Have you ever been there?When? 3. Do you know what these pictures are?. Feedbacks: a) the pyramids b) Sydney Opera House c) Stonehenge New words: Pyramids (n) kim tự tháp Sydney Opera House (n)nhà hat kịch Sydney Listen and Read New words: -guess (v) đoán - clue (n) gợi ý - suggest (v) đề nghị -cousin (n) em họ Checking the words: bingo. Structure: question word . I do not know how to play it. Questions: 1. What is the name of the game ? 2. Can you tell me the names of the places? Answers: 1. guessing game . 2. San Francisco / New York T or F statements . a. Hoa, Nhi and Nga play a game . b. She thinks of a famous person. c. They are use Wh questions . d. She will give a clue . Feedbacks: a. T b. F c. F d. T. T:ask ss to complete the summary . S:complete the summary . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(179)</span> T:ask ss to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some ss to read the completed summary . S:read the completed summary . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Post-listening T:ask ss to play game in group of 3 . S;game in group of 3 . T:explain the rule. S:listen to the teacher .. Feedbacks: 1. name 4. Asia 7. right. 2. place 5. America 8. is. 3. clue 6. Golden. Guessing game . Think of a famous place in VN or another countries. Ask Yes/ No questions. Example: A: Father and son islet . B: is it in VN ? ………………………………………………... VI.Homework : -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :Speak and Listen. VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ….. ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …… Week:29 UNIT 14: WONDERS OF THE WORLD Date:05/03/2010 Lesson 1: SPEAK &LISTEN Period :84 I.Aim: Ss can know some information about famous places on the world. II.Objectives: By the end of the lesson, ss be able to -ask and answer about wonders of the world . -develop listening activities . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar :question word + to +V(infinitive). 2.New words :. IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk , tape . V.Teaching steps : 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up . (none) . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(180)</span> 3.New lesson: Getting Started , Listen and Read. Teacher and students’ activities Content T- Put the chart with the statements  Presentation: on the board  Pre – teach : matching S- Read the statements and the name 1. It was designed and built by the French of the famous places in the box on p. civil engineer with 300 meters in height 133 and do the matching 2. It is in South Central Asia, 8.848 meters high above sea level 3. It was built from 246.209 BC and some people say it can be seen from the moon - ask Ss to do the matching 4. It is a bell striking the hours in the clock tower of the Houses of Parliament in - Check if Ss understand the London statements 5. It is a skyscraper in Manhattan New York - Correct City 6. It is a famous place in Quang Binh Province recognized as a world Heritage Site by Unessco  Practice: - Ask Ss to make Yes/No questions 1. Have they just built the Eiffel Tower in Paris? 2. Is the Empire State building located in New York? Monitor and assiat Ss if necessary 3. Are the Detronas Twin Towers located in Malaysia? 4. Is the Great Barrier Reef in Australia? 5. Have you ever seen Mount Rushmore? GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(181)</span> 6. Is Mount Everest in Nepal? - Set the scene: Model sentence: I asked Hoa if Phong Nha Cave was in Southern Vietnam. She said that it wasn’t. - Set the scene to introduce the model sentence - Explain how to change into reported speech. I said to Lan “Is Phong Nha Cave in Southern Vietnam?” Yes/No question (direct speech) I asked Lan if / whether Phong Nha Cave was in Southern Vietnam  Production: Asking and reporting  Pre listening:.  Pre – teach vocab: - Relaxing - Crystal clear - coral - to snorkel  Checking technique: Rub out and remember  While - listening: Listen to the tape and correct the mistakes the paragraph on p. 133. VI.Homework : -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :Speak and Listen. VII.Drawing experience : ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ….. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(182)</span> …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………. Week:31 REVIEW OF TEST 2 Date:20/03/2009 Period: 88 Teaching date :23/03/2009 I.Aim: Review all tructures from Unit 12 to Unit 14. II.Objectives: SS be able to pactice the structures and know how to use them . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: past progressive tense and past simple , reported speech and verb + to infinitive , passive form . 2.Vocabulary: (none) IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk, card boards. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(183)</span> V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up (none) 3.New lesson :review of test 2 .. Teacher and students’ activities Warm up T:ask sts to play game . S:play game “transformation”. Content. Notes. Transformation :. Infinitive 1. finish 2. know 3. go 4. be 5. send 6. read 7. sleep 8. design. Past participle. Exercise 1 T:ask sts to do Turn the following sentences into the passive. exercise 1 . 1. He wrote an article about our country . S:do exercise 1 . 2. She has translated that novel into Vietnamese T:ask sts to 3. The host treated us very kindly . check the answer 4. He will publish a new book . with partners . 5. My secretary opens the mail every morning. S:check the Answer Key: answer with 1. An article was written about our country by him . partners . 2. That novel has been translated into Vietnamese by her . T:call some sts to 3. We were treated very kindly by the host . give the answers 4. A new book will be published by him on the board . 5. The mail is opened every morning by my secretary . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Exercise 2 T:ask sts to do Put the verb in brackets into the past simple or past exercise 2. progressive tense . S:do exercise 2 . 1. She (go)…………… to England last year T:ask sts to 2. When the teacher (enter)……………… the room, the students check the answer were talking . with partners . 3. At seven o’clock this morning, I (study)………… S:check the 4. When he arrived, I (have)…………… dinner. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(184)</span> answer with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this .. 5. Tom (eat)……………… dinner when his friend called . 6. We (see)………………… this movie last night . Answers: 1. went 2. entered 3. was studying 4. was having 5. was eating 6. saw. Exercise 3 T:ask sts to do Put the following sentences into the reported speech . exercise 3. 1. She asked me “are you from VN?” S:do exercise 3 . She asked me ……………………………………… T:ask sts to 2. He asked “Do you speak English ?” check the answer He asked me ………………………………………… with partners . 3. Mary saitd to me “the paint is wet “ S:check the Mary said to me …………………………………… answer with 4. He said to me “my wife will write the report for me .” partners . He said to me ……………………………………………… T:call some sts to 5. Nga asked Hoa “where to go ?” give the answers Nga asked Hoa …………………………………………… on the board . Answers: S:give the 1. She askes me if I was from VN. answers on the 2. He asked me if I spoke English . board . 3. Mary said to me the paint was wet . T:correct them . 4. He said to me his wife would write the report for him . S:take notes and 5. Nga asked Hoa where to go . copy this . Exercise 4 T:ask sts to do Give the correct form of the verbs . exercise 4. 1. We need (buy)……………………… some food . S:do exercise 4 . 2. Ba wants (study )………………… English for his job. T:ask sts to 3. They decided (visit)……………….. Ha Long Bay last week . check the answer 4. It is nice (know)…………………… her . with partners . 5. We learned English (get)………………… good job. S:check the Answers : answer with 1. to buy partners . 2. to study GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(185)</span> T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Consolidation: T:ask sts to give 2 examples for each structure . S:give 2 examples for each structure .. 3. to visit 4. to know 5. to get. Example: Yesterday,I went to Rach Gia city . ……………………………………………………………………. VI.Homework: -Learn by heart the structures and their usage . -Prepare new lesson :TEST 2. VII.Drawing experience : …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………. Week:31 Unit 15: COMPUTERS Date:22/03/2009 Lesson 1 : Getting Started and Listen and Read Period: 90 Teaching date :27/03/2009 I.Aim: Sts can know more about computers and how to use them . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(186)</span> II.Objectives: SS be able to pactice the dialouge and how to use the computers . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: present perfect . 2.Vocabulary: printer, connect, socket, manual, be under guarantee . IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk, stereo . V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up (none) 3.New lesson : Getting Started and Listen and Read .. Teacher and students’ Content activities Warm up Getting Started . T:ask sts to play game . Brainstorming: S:play game “Brainstorming”. Notes. Advantages of computers. Ex: computer save time . ………………………………………………… Pre-listening T:ask sts to answer the questions . S:answer the questions . T:explain new words . S:repeat and copy this .. T:checking the words . S:check the words . T:explain the structure . S:take notes and copy this .. Listen and Read Questions: 1. Do you have a computer ? 2. Do you have a printer ? 3. Do you know to use it ? New words : - printer (n) ( picture) - connect (v) - socket (n) (real) - manual (n) (the books which tell you how to use them ) - be under guarantee (v) Checking words :rup out and remember . Grammar : present perfect tense . Ex: Have you turned it on yet ? The plug has come out of the socket .. While-listening T:ask sts to listen to the tape 2 times . S:listen to the tape 2 times . T:ask sts to practice the dialouge in pairs . GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(187)</span> S:practice the dialouge in pairs . T:call some pairs to read the dialouge . S:read the dialouge . T:listen to sts and check their pronunciation . Fact : true S:take notes . Opinion : what you think, your ideas . T:ask sts to read the dialouge again and check the Answers: statements Fact or Opinion . a) F S:read the dialouge again and b) O check the statements Fact or c) F Opinion . d) O T:ask sts to check the answers e) F with partners . f) O S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers . S:give the answers . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Post-listening T:ask sts some questions . S:answer the questions .. Questions: 1. Do you have a computer ? 2. Do you often use the computer ? 3. How often do you check your computer ?. VI.Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in dour notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :SPEAK and LISTEN. VII.Drawing experience : …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(188)</span> Week:32 Unit 15: COMPUTERS Date:25/03/2009 Lesson 2: SPEAK and LISTEN Period: 91 Teaching date :30/04/2009 I.Aim: Sts continue to discuss about the computer and know how to buy food from computer programmer . II.Objectives: SS be able to discuss about the computer and know the way to buy food from computer programmer . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: (none) 2.Vocabulary: entertaining, unhealthy, challenging, time-consuming, circle, triangles, oval, insert coins, press button IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk, stereo . V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up ;call 2 sts to practice the dialouge and write the words . 3.New lesson : Speak and Listen .. Teacher and students’ activities. Content. Note s. Networks:. Warm up Computers T:ask sts to play game . S:play game Ex: printer “Networks” ………………………………………………… Presentatio n T:stick the pictures on the board and ask sts some questions . S:look at the pictures on the board and answer some questions . T:explain. SPEAK Questions: 1. What is this ? 2. What are they doing ? New words : - entertaining (adj) - unhealthy (adj) - challenging (adj) - time-consuming (n) - screen(n) Checking words :slap the board. Structure : Ex: I think computers are useful . So I do .. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(189)</span> new words . I disagree . I think they are unnecessary . S:repeat and Opinion agreemen Degree of disagreemen t agreemen t copy this . t I like… So do I . ’ I don t I agree I agree, I disagree like … but T:checking I think… You are Yes,but I cannot the words . right on the agree with S:check the other you more . words . hand . T:introduce I feel … Neither “In daily do I life, we I do not alwayss believe… have to give and repond to opinions.W e will learn further about this topic in ’ today s lesson “ S:listen to the teacher . T:explain the structure . S:take notes and copy this . Practice T:ask sts to read the dialouge . S:read the dialouge . T:call some pairs to read the dialouge . S:read the dialouge in. Similar dialouges : a)I think driving a car can be dangerous . I agree, but there will not be problem if you are careful . I think learning to drive a car is challenging. You are right, it is difficult to get used to driving in the streets especially at rush hours . b) I do not like reading comic books . They are so boring . Neither do I . I prefer reading fairy tales . Reading comic books is entertaining . Yes, but on the other hand it is very time –consuming . c). GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(190)</span> pairs . ………………………………………………………………………… T:ask sts to ……… make similar dialouges about these items basing on the dialouge . S:make similar dialouges about these items basing on the dialouge . T:call some pairs to read the dialouge . S:read the dialouge . T:listen to and correct them . S;take notes and copy this . Production T:ask sts to make the list of items which is often wrong in the conputer . S:make the list of items which is often wrong in the conputer. Examples: Printer Monitor …………………. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(191)</span> . Prelistening T:introduce “Today we will learn about the way to get a drink from a machine. First , you look at the flow chart and tell me what you see in the chart .” S:listen to the teacher . T:explain new words . S:repeat and copy this . T:checking the words . S:check the words . Whilelistening T:ask sts to listen to the tape 2 about the steps to get a drink from a machine. You listen and complete the chart . S:listen to the tape and complete the chart . T:ask sts to check the. LISTEN. New words: - circle (n) (picture) - triangle (n) (picture) - oval (n) (picture) - insert coins (v) - press button (v) Checking words :slap the board.. Answers: a) do you have a correct change? b) Yes c) what do you want to drink ? d) take it. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(192)</span> answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers on the board . S:give the answers on the board . T:take the tape again and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Postlistening T:ask sts to find the odd words . S:find the odd words .. Find the odd words : 1. computer , printer, photocopier, cooker 2. trianggles, square, question, oval 3. shape, chart, graph, diagram 4. lemon, fruit, melon, apple Answers : 1. cooker 2. question 3. shape 4. fruit. VI.Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :Read . VII.Drawing experience : …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………… Week:32 Date:26/03/2009. Unit 15: COMPUTERS Lesson 3: READ. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(193)</span> Period: 92 Teaching date :01/04/2009 I.Aim: Sts read for applications of the computers in the school and the library . II.Objectives: SS be able to understand about the applications of the computer used in the school and develop comprehension skills . III.Language focus : 1.Grammar: (none) 2.Vocabulary: store information, send message, receive information, telephone line, access, freshmen, college campus, computer bulletin board . IV.Teaching aids: Pictures, text book, chalk . V.Teaching steps: 1.Taking attendance . 2.Checking up : call 2 sts give some opinion and write the words . 3.New lesson : READ .. Teacher and students’ activities Warm up T:ask sts to play game . S:play game “Brainstorming”. Content. Notes. Brainstorming: The applications of computer in the school and studying. Ex: store information Study English ………………………………………………… Pre-reading T:introduce “As we know, computers have a lot of applications in our life . In this lesson, we will learn about these applications .” S:listen to the teacher . T:explain new words . S:repeat and copy this .. T:checking the words .. New words : - store information (v) - send message (v) - receive information (v) - telephone line (n) - access (v) - freshmen (n) - college campus (n) - computer bulletin board (n) Checking words :bingo.. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(194)</span> S:check the words . While-reading T:ask sts to read the statements in page 141 and predict them T or F . S:read the statements in page 141 and predict them T or F . T:call some sts to give the predictions . S:give the predictions . T:ask sts to read the text carefully and check their predictions . S:read the text carefully and check their predictions . T:ask sts to check the answers with partners . S:check the answers with partners . T:call some sts to give the answers . S:give the answers . T:listen to and correct them . S:take notes and copy this . T:ask sts to work in pairs , read the text again and ask and answer the questions S:work in pairs , read the text again and ask and answer the questions . T:call some pairs to ask and answer the questions . S:ask and answer the questions . T:correct them . S:take notes and copy this . Post-reading T:ask sts to answer some questions . S:answer some questions .. Predictions : a) T b) …………… c) …………… d) …………… e) …………… f) …………… Answers : a) T b) T c) T d) F e) T f) T Answers: a) It does not have a library . all the information normally found in the library is now stored in the university’ s computers . b) All the information is available through the computer . c)A computer and a telephone line . d) With a bulletin board on the internet, a great number of can get access to the bulletin and exchange information quickly .. Questions: 1. Would you like to complete a college degree from home ? 2.What should you do to study in the university?. VI.Homework: -Learn by heart the words and rewrite the answers in your notebooks . -Prepare new lesson :Write . VII.Drawing experience : GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(195)</span> …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………. GIÁO ÁN ANH 8 NĂM HỌC 2012-2013.. GV: Nguyễn Thị Thanh Nhàn. 1.

<span class='text_page_counter'>(196)</span>

Tài liệu bạn tìm kiếm đã sẵn sàng tải về

Tải bản đầy đủ ngay
×